Commit Graph

5327 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jouni Malinen
74619cc150 FST: Replace print_mb_ies() with wpa_snprintf_hex()
There is no need to add new functions with more or less identical
functionality of an already available helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 17:23:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c836aa267e FST: Mark format_session_state_extra() static
This is not used outside fst_ctrl_iface.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-18 12:40:23 +03:00
PavanKumar N
fab51186dc Allow driver to be set in hostapd through global control interface
This extends the hostapd global control interface ADD command to allow
driver wrapper to be specified ("ADD <ifname> <ctrl_iface> <driver>").
Previously, this case that did not use a configuration file allowed only
the default driver wrapper to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 23:54:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
faf7ce5d4f Drop CONFIG_TI_COMPILER ifdefs
This experimental support for Texas Instruments C compiler was never
fully completed and it has not really been used in close to ten years,
so drop this to simply the header files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-17 21:57:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c7068f106f WPS: Avoid bogus static analyzer warning in ndef_parse_record()
Use a local variable and check the record payload length validity before
writing it into record->payload_length in hopes of getting rid of a
bogus static analyzer warning. The negative return value was sufficient
to avoid record->payload_length being used, but that seems to be too
complex for some analyzers. (CID 122668)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 20:43:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6462e7387d FST: Avoid using pointer to mgmt->u.action.u.fst_action
Typecasting &mgmt->u.action.u.fst_action to a struct pointer for various
FST Action frame payloads seemed to be triggering static analyzer
warnings about bounds checking since sizeof(mgmt->u.action.u.fst_action)
== 1 even though that is really a variable length structure. Try to
avoid this by calculating the pointer for the beginning of the frame
instead of variable length struct. (CID 125642)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 20:37:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85b563f7a4 P2P: Clear p2p->ssid_set on flush
It was possible for the previously set SSID to remain in place between
test cases (e.g., in sequence "p2ps_connect_adv_go_persistent
p2p_set_ssid_postfix") and the P2P SSID postfix not getting used
properly. Make this less likely to occur by clearing the old SSID in
p2p_flush().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 20:32:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9721b083f4 FST: Remove the IE header len/size macros
These are confusing when the style used with the couple of FST IE checks
differs from the rest of hostapd/wpa_supplicant implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 19:06:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5f1cc9307 FST: Clean up fst_group_update_ie()
None of the callers passed in cleaning_up == TRUE, so drop that unused
code path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 19:06:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2bb51eddad FST: Move fst_mbie_get_peer_addr() into fst_group.c
There is no need for this function to be an inline function in a header
file since it is used only within fst_group.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 19:06:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be9fbd9b67 FST: Fix FST Action frame length validation
Commit 717333f4e4 ('FST: Add the Fast
Session Transfer (FST) module') performed incorrect frame length
validation for Setup Request (did not remove 24+1 header from
consideration) and did not include payload validation for other FST
Action frames. Fix these by explicitly verifying that the payload of
these frames is sufficiently long before reading the values from there.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 13:00:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
66d464067d FT: Register RRB l2_packet only if FT-over-DS is enabled
There is no need to waste resources for this packet socket if FT-over-DS
is disabled or when operating P2P GO or AP mode in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-17 11:16:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
a8dab08a28 FST: Testing support
This patch introduces infrastructure needed for FST module tests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:16 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
46ab9b8cf0 nl80211: Register for FST Action frames (STA)
wpa_supplicant will process these Action frames for FST operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:16 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
3794af2dc1 FST: wpa_supplicant control interface
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
8bae489f15 FST: Do not prune STAs belonging to the same FST
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
347827ff6e FST: Add FST IEs into AP mode management frames
This adds the FST IEs received from the FST module into Beacon, Probe
Response, and (Re)Association Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
037378ff31 FST: Send FST Action frames to AP mode processing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
8e9a8b0f8c FST: hostapd control interface
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
6959145b86 FST: Integration into hostapd
This commit integrates the FST into the hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
ae667c0827 FST: Store MB IEs from (Re)Association Request
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
104bef453b FST: hostapd configuration parameters
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
659a1605d8 Parsing of multi band element
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
717333f4e4 FST: Add the Fast Session Transfer (FST) module
Fast Session Transfer (FST) is the transfer of a session from a channel
to another channel in a different frequency band. The term "session"
refers to non-physical layer state information kept by a pair of
stations (STAs) that communicate directly (i.e., excludes forwarding).

The FST is implemented in accordance with IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012.

Definitions

 * FST interface - an interface for which FST functionality is enabled
 * FST group - a bunch of FST interfaces representing single
		multi-band STA
 * FST peer - a multi-band capable STA connected
 * FST module - multi-band operation functionality implemented in
		accordance with IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012 (see 10.32
		Multi-band operation) as a part of hostapd/wpa_supplicant
 * FST manager - an external application that implements custom FST
		related logic, using the FST module's interfaces
		accessible via CLI or D-Bus

This commit introduces only the FST module. Integration of the FST
module into the hostapd/wpa_supplicant and corresponding CLI/D-Bus
interfaces and FST related tests are covered in separate commits.

FST manager application is out of scope of these commits.

As FST aggregates a few interfaces into FST group, the FST module uses
global CLI for both commands and notifications. It also exposes
alternative non-interface based D-Bus subtree for this purposes.

Configuration and Initialization

 * FST functionality can enabled by compilation flag (CONFIG_FST)
 * hostapd/wpa_supplicant controlling multiple interfaces are used for
   FST
 * once enabled by compilation, the FST can be enabled for specific
   interfaces in the configuration files
 * FST interfaces are aggregated in FST groups (fst_group_id config file
   entry), where each FST group:
   - represents one multi-band device
   - should have two or more FST interfaces in it
 * priority (fst_priority config file entry) must be configured for each
   FST interface. FST interface with higher priority is the interface FST
   will always try to switch to. Thus, for example, for the maximal
   throughput, it should be the fastest FST interface in the FST setup.
 * default Link Loss Timeout (LLT) value can be configured for each FST
   interface (fst_llt config file entry). It represents LLT to be used
   by FST when this interface is active.
 * FST interfaces advertise the Multi-band capability by including the
   Multi-band element in the corresponding frames

FST CLI commands:

 * fst list_groups - list FST groups configured.
 * fst list_ifaces - list FST interfaces which belong to specific group
 * fst iface_peers - list Multi-Band STAs connected to specific interface
 * fst list_sessions - list existing FST sessions
 * fst session_get - get FST session info
 * fst session_add - create FST session object
 * fst session_set - set FST session parameters (old_iface, new_iface,
                     peer_addr, llt)
 * fst session_initiate - initiate FST setup
 * fst session_respond - respond to FST setup establishemnt attempt by
                         counterpart
 * fst session_transfer - initiate FST switch
 * fst session_teardown - tear down FST Setup but leave the session object
			  for reuse
 * fst session_remove - remove FST session object

FST CLI notifications:
  * FST-EVENT-PEER - peer state changed (CONNECT/DISCONNECT)
  * FST-EVENT-SESSION - FST session level notification with following
                        sub-events:
     - EVENT_FST_SESSION_STATE - FST session state changed
     - EVENT_FST_ESTABLISHED - previously initiated FST session became
                               established
     - EVENT_FST_SETUP - new FST session object created due to FST session
                         negotiation attempt by counterpart

All the FST CLI commands and notifications are also implemented on D-Bus
for wpa_supplicant.

IEEE 802.11 standard compliance

FST module implements FST setup statemachine in compliance with IEEE
802.11ad (P802.11-REVmc/D3.3), as it described in 10.32 Multi-band
operation (see also Figure 10-34 - States of the FST setup protocol).

Thus, for example, the FST module initiates FST switch automatically
when FST setup becomes established with LLT=0 in accordance with
10.32.2.2 Transitioning between states.

At the moment, FST module only supports non-transparent STA-based FST
(see 10.32.1 General).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 18:26:15 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
290078a734 Add IEEE 802.11ad element descriptions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
36209df93a Add is_multicast_ether_addr()
This helper function can be used to check whether a MAC address is a
multicast (including broadcast) address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
ee1e3f57b5 hostapd: Global control interface notifications
This commit implements hostapd global control interface notifications
infrastructure. hostapd global control interface clients issue
ATTACH/DETACH commands to register and deregister with hostapd
correspondingly - the same way as for any other hostapd/wpa_supplicant
control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Anton Nayshtut
cb05808c46 nl80211: Generic Linux master interface support for hostapd
Previously, hostapd only supported the case of EAPOL frames receiving
from interfaces enslaved into bridge. This commit adds support for any
Linux master (teaming, openvswitch, bonding, etc.) to be detected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-07-16 12:33:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3722c0f4aa Add EAPOL_SET hostapd command to configure EAPOL parameters
This new control interface command "EAPOL_REAUTH <MAC address>
<parameter> <value>" can be used to implement the IEEE 802.1X PAE
Set Authenticator Configuration operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-12 11:34:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cfb5c08f21 Add EAPOL_REAUTH hostapd command to trigger EAPOL reauthentication
This new control interface command "EAPOL_REAUTH <MAC address>" can be
used to implement the IEEE 802.1X PAE Reauthenticate operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-12 11:33:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bddc51e8e4 RSN: Stop connection attempt on apparent PMK mismatch
If WPA2-Enterprise connection with full EAP authentication (i.e., no
PMKSA caching used) results in a PMKID that does not match the one the
AP/Authenticator indicates in EAPOL-Key msg 1/4, there is not much point
in trying to trigger full EAP authentication by sending EAPOL-Start
since this sequence was immediately after such full authentication
attempt.

There are known examples of authentication servers with incorrect MSK
derivation when TLS v1.2 is used (e.g., FreeRADIUS 2.2.6 or 3.0.7 when
built with OpenSSL 1.0.2). Write a clear debug log entry and also send
it to control interface monitors when it looks likely that this case has
been hit. After doing that, stop the connection attempt by
disassociating instead of trying to send out EAPOL-Start to trigger new
EAP authentication round (such another try can be tried with a new
association).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 20:55:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fe1bf32974 Make TLS version number available in STATUS command
This adds a new STATUS command field "eap_tls_version" that shows the
TLS version number that was used during EAP-TLS/TTLS/PEAP/FAST exchange.
For now, this is only supported with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 19:51:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5650d379a3 OpenSSL: Add option to disable use of TLSv1.0
The new phase1 config parameter value tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1 can now be
used to disable use of TLSv1.0 for a network configuration. This can be
used to force a newer TLS version to be used. For example,
phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_0=1 tls_disable_tlsv1_1=1" would indicate that
only TLS v1.2 is accepted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 19:27:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2456264fad NFC: Add a hardcoded limit on maximum NDEF payload length
While this is already enforced in practice due to the limits on the
maximum control interface command length and total_length bounds
checking here, this explicit check on payload_length value may help
static analyzers understand the code better. (CID 122668)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 17:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df9079e727 NFC: Fix payload length validation in NDEF record parser
It was possible for the 32-bit record->total_length value to end up
wrapping around due to integer overflow if the longer form of payload
length field is used and record->payload_length gets a value close to
2^32. This could result in ndef_parse_record() accepting a too large
payload length value and the record type filter reading up to about 20
bytes beyond the end of the buffer and potentially killing the process.
This could also result in an attempt to allocate close to 2^32 bytes of
heap memory and if that were to succeed, a buffer read overflow of the
same length which would most likely result in the process termination.
In case of record->total_length ending up getting the value 0, there
would be no buffer read overflow, but record parsing would result in an
infinite loop in ndef_parse_records().

Any of these error cases could potentially be used for denial of service
attacks over NFC by using a malformed NDEF record on an NFC Tag or
sending them during NFC connection handover if the application providing
the NDEF message to hostapd/wpa_supplicant did no validation of the
received records. While such validation is likely done in the NFC stack
that needs to parse the NFC messages before further processing,
hostapd/wpa_supplicant better be prepared for any data being included
here.

Fix this by validating record->payload_length value in a way that
detects integer overflow. (CID 122668)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-08 16:52:25 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
b843a8b8a6 P2PS: Save intended interface address after P2PS PD
One possible outcome of the P2PS PD is P2P GO/P2P Client. In this case,
one peer becomes a P2P GO and the P2P Client joins it. Since multiple
GOs may run simultaneously on the same P2P Device, the P2P Client should
join using the intended interface address.

To be able to find the device by the intended interface address, save it
during the PD.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:59:44 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
5cc6ec0f68 P2PS: Set intended interface address correctly for new group
If a device may be an explicit GO, it adds the GO details in the PD
Request. First, we try to reuse an active GO. If it is not present, we
try to reuse a non-active persistent group. In the latter case, if a
dedicated P2P interface is needed, the intended address should be that
of the pending interface. However, the wpas_get_go_info() provided the
ssid->bssid address, which is the address of the P2P device. This might
result in an incorrect intended interface attribute in the PD Request in
case a separate group interface is used.

Fix this by setting group_iface variable to true only if a dedicated
interface should be used and set the attribute accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:57:07 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
1f14e2bf92 P2PS: Add PD Response validation
Validate the PD Response frame contents more thoroughly when it is used
for P2PS.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:52:38 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
1f1a08b4cc P2PS: Add intended iface address during PD for persistent group
When persistent group is used and the peer is GO in this group,
intended interface attribute should be added to PD request/response.
Not doing so violates the spec.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:41:19 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
223ccebfa3 P2PS: Save wps_prov_info on the responder side
When device A sends PD response to device B, device A should save
wps_prov_info for device B. Not doing so would result in a redundant and
incorrect PD flow, e.g., when upon PROV-DISC-DONE event device B starts
a GO and device A should join it.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:26:07 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
2fc866d1bc P2PS: Validate WPS config methods more accurately in PD Request
In case of a P2PS PD, allow keypad, display, and P2PS WPS config
methods. For a legacy PD, allow keypad, display, and pushbutton methods.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:24:01 +03:00
Max Stepanov
ea210b9f8a P2P: Refactor p2p_process_prov_disc_resp() function
Add 'else if' to P2PS status verification to prevent a redundant
condition checking. The first 'if' condition is true only if
  status == P2P_SC_SUCCESS || status == P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED.
while the second condition checks:
  status != P2P_SC_SUCCESS &&
  status != P2P_SC_FAIL_INFO_CURRENTLY_UNAVAILABLE &&
  status != P2P_SC_SUCCESS_DEFERRED
Thus, the two conditions are mutually exclusive and 'else if' can be
used if this case.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:21:44 +03:00
Max Stepanov
20f4c3d76b P2P: Delete redundant comparison in p2p_process_prov_disc_resp()
Delete redundant comparison of msg.wps_config_methods with
dev->req_config_methods in p2p_process_prov_disc_resp() since it's
already done early in this function. Also, the second comparison
doesn't make too much sense: it can happen after a possible
p2p_reset_pending_pd() call setting dev->req_config_methods to 0.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 20:20:43 +03:00
Max Stepanov
82d6113502 P2PS: Fix adv_id and adv_mac params of P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE
When wpa_supplicant receives a PD Response with reject status it
generated P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE event without adv_id and adv_mac
parameters. Fix this by adding these parameters to the
wpas_prov_disc_fail() function call.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-07-07 19:40:49 +03:00
Dan Williams
e8492c8145 hostap: Fix send_mlme() after 'freq' parameter addition
This fixes the incomplete driver_hostap.c change from commit
5d180a7739 ('drivers: Add freq parameter
to send_mlme() function') that did not take into account the internal
callers.

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2015-07-07 19:40:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c8a15753eb Send EAPOL-Start on HELD->CONNECTING transition
Previously, only CONNECTING->CONNECTING case ended up sending out an
EAPOL-Start frame to avoid sending the unnecessary initial EAPOL-Start.
However, this optimization prevented new EAPOL-Start from being
initiated when leaving the HELD state. Allow that case to trigger
immediate EAPOL-Start transmission to speed up connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 19:25:31 +03:00
Mike Gerow
471c810bc1 pkcs11: Don't ask for a new PIN on TLS handshake failure
The only time the PIN should fail is when we initialize the TLS
connection, so it doesn't really make sense to get rid of the PIN just
because some other part of the handshake failed.

This is a followup to commit fd4fb28179
('OpenSSL: Try to ensure we don't throw away the PIN unnecessarily').

Signed-off-by: Mike Gerow <gerow@google.com>
2015-07-07 19:25:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
476a634d60 Avoid ubsan warning on 0x80<<24 not fitting in int in WPA_GET_BE32/LE32
Use a typecast to make this shift unsigned so that the MSB fits within
the range of allowed values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cf6fd19b34 ndisc_snoop: Avoid misaligned read of IPv6 address
The IPv6 address in the frame buffer may not be 32-bit aligned, so use a
local copy to align this before reading the address with 32-bit reads
(s6_addr32[]).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9ed7d9898 EAP-TTLS: Avoid ubsan warning on 0x80<<24 not fitting in int
Use a typecast to make this unsigned so that the MSB fits within the
range of allowed values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f5fb8a467 radiotap: Avoid ubsan warning on 1<<31
Use the BIT() macro and unsigned int to avoid ubsan warning on 1<<31 not
fitting in an int.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fc880b11ed NFC: Avoid misaligned read of an NDEF field
The 32-bit version of payload length field may not be 32-bit aligned in
the message buffer, so use WPA_GET_BE32() to read it instead of ntohl().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e01281fccc trace: Use explicit alignment requirements to avoid misalignment
64-bit builds with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y resulted in the wpabuf pointers
getting misaligned (only 32-bit aligned) and that would result in reads
and writes of unaligned size_t values. Avoid this by indicating explicit
alignment requirement for wpabuf_trace to 8 octets (i.e., there will be
extra four octets of padding in case of 64-bit builds).

Similarly, struct os_alloc_trace resulted in some potential misalignment
cases, e.g., when CONFIG_ACS=y uses a 'long double' variable within
struct hostapd_channel_data. Avoid misalignment issues with explicit
alignment indication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f97e3ce473 drivers: Use unsigned arguments for sta_set_flags()
Since BIT() is now returning unsigned int, these functions need to match
that to avoid compiler warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
32d6463fe7 Make BIT() unsigned int instead of int
This is needed to avoid ubsan warnings on BIT(31).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd47c80564 Include stddef.h to use the standard offsetof()
src/utils/list.h ended up defining a local version of offsetof() due to
stddef.h not getting included. This resulted in unnecessary warnings
from ubsan related to "dereferencing" of a NULL pointer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
028b19675d RADIUS DAS: Avoid compiler warning on abs()
The input parameter ended up being converted to long int instead of int,
so use an explicit typecase to get rid of the compiler warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
597e8afeb4 ERP: Avoid mixing of enum types
Use explicit typecasting to avoid implicit conversion warnings in cases
where enum eap_erp_type is used in functions taking an EapType argument.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05a90d78dc FT: Allow CCMP-256 and GCMP-256 as group ciphers
The FT-specific check for valid group cipher in wpa_ft_gen_req_ies() was
not up-to-date with the current list of supported ciphers. Fix this by
using a generic function to determine validity of the cipher. In
practice, this adds support for using CCMP-256 and GCMP-256 as the group
cipher with FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-07-07 16:25:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f24b97972b OpenSSL: Merge error returns
These similar error cases can use a single return statement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-30 21:48:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
84d6a17a27 TLS: Remove unused tls_capabilities()
This mechanism to figure out TLS library capabilities has not been used
since commit fd2f2d0489 ('Remove
EAP-TTLSv1 and TLS/IA') (Sep 2011).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-30 21:40:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
786722763d ms_funcs: Merge similar return cases
There is no need to have separate return statements for these corner
cases that are unlikely to be hit in practice.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
359636170f hw_features: Merge similar return case in check_40mhz_2g4()
There is no need to have separate return statements for these corner
cases that are unlikely to be hit in practice.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aac1efec34 Reject the initial 4-way handshake if initial GTK setup fails
This makes the AP/Authenticator design more robust against unexpected
failures in random number generation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2da525651d Add backtrace-based error path testing mechanism
The new TEST_FAIL and GET_FAIL control interface commands can be used
similarly to the earlier TEST_ALLOC_FAIL/GET_ALLOC_FAIL design. The new
version is more generic framework allowing any function to be annotated
for failure testing with the TEST_FAIL() macro. This mechanism is only
available in builds with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y and
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y. For other builds, the TEST_FAIL() macro is
defined to return 0 to allow the compiler to remove the test code from
normal production builds.

As the first test site, allow os_get_random() to be marked for failing
based on call backtrace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-29 23:23:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55413ce072 P2P: Do not allow 40 MHz co-ex PRI/SEC switch to force MCC
Do not allow 40 MHz co-ex PRI/SEC switch to force us to change our PRI
channel if we have an existing connection on the selected PRI channel
since doing multi-channel concurrency is likely to cause more harm than
using different PRI/SEC selection in environment with multiple BSSes on
these two channels with mixed 20 MHz or PRI channel selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-28 18:14:58 +03:00
Stepanov, Max
8c43ef8449 P2PS: Fix attribute addition in p2p_buf_add_service_instance()
Fix a condition when Advertised Service Info Attribute is added to
a probe response in p2p_buf_add_service_instance(). The issue is
that a 'found' value is increased even if 'test' and 'adv->hash' hashes
are different. As result 'found' may have a non-zero value when an
attribute data length is 0. In this cause an empty attribute is about to
be added. Fixing it by eliminating 'found' and checking 'total_len'
containing a real number of bytes added to Advertised Service Info
Attribute.

This fixes an issue from commit 50a9efe713
('P2PS: Fix Probe Response frame building in error cases').

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-06-27 23:54:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6c7314917b AP: Increase maximum value accepted for cwmin/cwmax
The cwmin/cwmax parameters were limited more than is needed. Allow the
full range (0..15 for wmm_ac_??_{cwmin,cwmax} and 1..32767 for
tx_queue_data?_{cwmin,cwmax}) to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-27 23:34:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
575e4f5d49 SAE: Reject FFC commit-element with value p-1
The current P802.11 description of SAE uses "1 < element < p" as the
required range. However, this is not correct and does not match the
Dragonfly description of "1 < element < p-1". SAE definition will need
to change here. Update the implementation to reject p-1 based on the
correct rule here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-27 21:20:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a406244395 P2PS: Do not reply to ProbeReq on another channel when starting Listen
It was possible for the P2PS Probe Response frame to go out on the
channel on which a Probe Request frame was reported even when we are
just about to start Listen mode on another channel. This could result in
the peer device using incorrect channel for us. Fix this by skipping the
response in this special case while waiting for Listen mode to start.

This showed up as a hwsim test failure with test sequence "gas_fragment
p2ps_connect_display_method_nonautoaccept" in cases where the dev[0]
Listen channel was not same as the AP operating frequency in the GAS
test.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-27 17:10:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c2b3f6541 SAE: Reject commit-scalar value 1
IEEE Std 802.11-2012 description of SAE does not require this, i.e., it
describes the requirement as 0 < scalar < r for processing the Commit
message. However, this is not correct and will be changes to 1 < scalar
< r to match the Dragonfly description so that a trivial secret case
will be avoided explicitly.

This is not much of an issue for the locally generated commit-scalar
since it would be very unlikely to get the value of 1. For Commit
message processing, a peer with knowledge of the password could
potentially force the exchange to expose key material without this
check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-27 12:41:40 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4f39908b60 Send CTRL-EVENT-NETWORK-NOT-FOUND if no suitable network was found
This provides more information to upper layer programs on what happens
with connection attempts in cases where the enabled networks are not
found in scan results.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-06-27 11:08:08 +03:00
Kevin Cernekee
ded14ce95d Android: Fix nl80211 build if BOARD_*_PRIVATE_LIB is unspecified
wpa_supplicant has stub functions if the external p2p symbols are
unavailable, but the build still fails if the
wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_cmd symbol is missing.  Fix this by leaving the
function pointer NULL.  This is safe because wpa_drv_driver_cmd() performs
a NULL check.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Cernekee <cernekee@google.com>
2015-06-26 22:46:49 +03:00
Kevin Cernekee
a1407217b1 Android: Rename ANDROID_P2P_STUB to ANDROID_LIB_STUB
If BOARD_HOSTAPD_PRIVATE_LIB is not used on an Android build, we will
need to replace both the p2p functions *and* wpa_driver_nl80211_driver_cmd
in order to successfully link.  Let's make the name more generic so it is
more obvious what it is used for.

Suggested-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Cernekee <cernekee@google.com>
2015-06-26 22:46:16 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
4457f41b54 radius: Fix NULL dereference issue on allocation failure
In case memory allocation fails, data->pac_opaque_encr_key may be NULL
and lead to possible crash.

Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2015-06-26 22:44:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f826fb1de1 OpenSSL: Handle EC_POINT_is_on_curve() error case
Even though this OpenSSL function is documented as returning "1 if point
if on the curve and 0 otherwise", it can apparently return -1 on some
error cases. Be prepared for that and check explicitly against 1 instead
of non-zero.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbb50086e3 SAE: Use random "password" in extra hunting-and-pecking loops
If PWE is discovered before the minimum number of loops (k) is reached,
the extra iterations use a random "password" to further obfuscate the
cost of discovering PWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eb5fee0bf5 SAE: Add side-channel protection to PWE derivation with ECC
This replaces the earlier IEEE Std 802.11-2012 algorithm with the design
from P802.11-REVmc/D4.0. Things brings in a blinding technique for
determining whether the pwd-seed results in a suitable PWE value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16841ab246 crypto: Add functions for computing the Legendre symbol and EC y^2
These are needed to implement side-channel protection for SAE PWE
derivation for ECC.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4a13b424b OpenSSL: Add support for Brainpool Elliptic Curves
This allows the IKE groups 27-30 (RFC 6932) to be used with OpenSSL
1.0.2 and newer. For now, these get enabled for SAE as configurable
groups (sae_groups parameter), but the new groups are not enabled by
default.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-26 22:41:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4584b66eae SAE: Increase security parameter k to 40 based on Dragonfly recommendation
draft-irtf-cfrg-dragonfly recommends implementation to set the security
parameter, k, to a value of at least 40. This will make PWE generation
take significantly more resources, but makes it more likely to hide
timing differences due to different number of loops needed to find a
suitable PWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-25 20:53:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fdd731bd4a SAE: Fix PWE generation to use minimum loop count (k) properly
The implementation did not match the comment, i.e., only k-1 rounds were
required instead of k.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-25 20:53:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ec33326c1 SAE: Merge sae_derive_commit() error case return statements
These error cases have the exact same outcome, so a single return
statement can be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 23:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d93abd4a97 SAE: Merge sae_get_rand() error case return statements
These error cases have the exact same outcome, so a single return
statement can be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 23:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a58444d27 SAE: Verify that own/peer commit-scalar and COMMIT-ELEMENT are different
This check explicitly for reflection attack and stops authentication
immediately if that is detected instead of continuing to the following
4-way handshake that would fail due to the attacker not knowing the key
from the SAE exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 23:10:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e7e68890a Add crypto_ec_point_cmp()
This is needed to allow SAE to check whether ECC elements are identical.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 22:29:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fdc5608c12 OpenSSL: Remove SSL_CTX_{get,set}_app_data() compatibility wrapper
OpenSSL 0.9.8 (and newer) includes SSL_CTX_get_app_data() and
SSL_CTX_set_app_data(), so there is no need to maintain this old
OPENSSL_SUPPORTS_CTX_APP_DATA backwards compatibility design.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 21:05:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ba54933f63 libtommath: Fix mp_init_multi() stdarg use on error path
Previously, it would have been possible for va_end(args) to be called
twice in case mp_init() fails. While that may not cause issues on number
of platforms, that is not how va_start()/va_end() are supposed to be
used. Fix this by returning from the function without using va_end()
twice on the same va_list args.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 20:39:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f6df3f3a00 Use os_* wrapper more consistently
os_free() needs to be used when freeing memory that was allocated with
os_malloc()/os_zalloc()/os_calloc().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 20:08:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5ca73d1f7 P2P: Use offsetof() instead of local implementation
The construction used here to figure out the offset of variable length
IEs in Probe Request frames was a bit odd looking and resulted in a
warning from a static analyzer, so replace it with more standard use of
offsetof().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 18:30:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3c5b5fe92 ERP server: Make erp_send_finish_reauth() easier for static analyzers
The flags argument is used to indicate a failure case (0x80) which
allows erp == NULL. This may be a bit too difficult combination for
static analyzers to understand, so add an explicit check for !erp as
another condition for returning from the function before the erp pointer
gets dereferenced without checking it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 18:27:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6ce1bea1ff bsd: Remove redundant NULL check in bsd_init()
drv cannot be NULL here (it is dereferenced even on the preceding line)
and anyway, os_free(NULL) is allowed, so remove the redundant check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 18:20:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c99df20192 Remove redundant NULL check in ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius()
The eap argument to this function is never NULL and the earlier
ieee802_1x_learn_identity() call is dereferencing it anyway, so there is
no point in checking whether it is NULL later in the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 18:18:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2eb5967d99 AP: Add more 2.4 GHz channels for 20/40 MHz HT co-ex scan
This needs to find the PRI channel also in cases where the affected
channel is the SEC channel of a 40 MHz BSS, so need to include the
scanning coverage here to be 40 MHz from the center frequency. Without
this, it was possible to miss a neighboring 40 MHz BSS that was at the
other end of the 2.4 GHz band and had its PRI channel further away from
the local BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 11:25:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5ed6519625 hw_features: Merge similar return cases
There is no need to have separate return statements for these corner
cases that are unlikely to be hit in practice.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-23 11:24:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e37dd6c60 SAE: Simplify sae_prepare_commit() error path
There is no need to keep separate "return -1" statements for these error
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-22 00:38:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3dce85ceb0 HS 2.0: Add WLAN RADIUS attributes in OSEN case
Previously, the common WLAN-* RADIUS attributes were added only when WPA
or WPA2 was used. These can be of use for OSEN as well, so include them
in that case, too.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 23:04:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efd5d26d33 Remove unnecessary wpa_ie_len check from wpa_parse_wpa_ie_wpa()
There is no need to have a separate "fail silently" case for wpa_ie_len
== 0. That condition does not seem to be reachable and even if it were,
the following "ie len too short" case will result in the exact same
return value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 23:04:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce8963fc9f Remove WEP40/WEP104 cipher suite support for WPA/WPA2
As far as IEEE 802.11 standard is concerned, WEP is deprecated, but at
least in theory, allowed as a group cipher. This option is unlikely to
be deployed anywhere and to clean up the implementation, we might as
well remove all support for this combination.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 23:04:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1887be4fa7 Make check_20mhz_bss() static
This is not used outside this file anymore, so there is no need to
export the symbol either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-20 16:05:54 +03:00
Ilan Peer
1ac977bdd5 nl8021: Allow sending wowlan configuration on any interface
Sending a wowlan configuration command can be done on any wireless
interface (not only netdev), as it is a device configuration and not
interface configuration specific. Fix the code to allow it to be
sent on any interface.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-19 16:17:04 +03:00
Ilan Peer
489970270b nl80211: Remove android_genl_ctrl_resolve()
Android libnl_2 implementation added support for "nl80211" name in
commit 'libnl_2: Extend genl_ctrl_resolve() to support "nl80211" name'
in July 2012 which got included in Android 4.2. It is fine to drop this
old Android ICS workaround from wpa_supplicant now.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-19 16:06:28 +03:00
Ben Rosenfeld
6b5147af53 P2P: Fix memory leak in p2p_process_nfc_connection_handover()
p2p_process_nfc_connection_handover() allocates msg memory in the parser
and might return before memory is released if the received message is
not valid.

Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
2015-06-19 01:23:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
33ba27d387 EAP-FAST peer: Stop immediately on key derivation failure
If key derivation fails, there is no point in trying to continue
authentication. In theory, this could happen if memory allocation during
TLS PRF fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-19 01:23:24 +03:00
Ben Rosenfeld
144b6a0650 OpenSSL: Fix memory leak on an openssl_tls_prf() error path
Free tmp_out before returning to prevent memory leak in case the second
memory allocation in openssl_tls_prf() fails. This is quite unlikely,
but at least theoretically possible memory leak with EAP-FAST.

Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
2015-06-19 01:23:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
50a9efe713 P2PS: Fix Probe Response frame building in error cases
org.wi-fi.wfds service is not a replacement for non-WFA service matches.
Do not try to replace the results with that if there is not sufficient
room for the response. Instead, reply with all the matching services
that fit into the message. org.wi-fi.wfds is the first entry in the list
(if matching request/service is present), so it won't get overridden by
other services.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 18:14:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
509f269bbd P2PS: Fix org.wi-fi.wfds matching when building the response
The service hash for org.wi-fi.wfds is supposed to match only if the
device has a WFA defined org.wi-fi.wfds.* service. Verify that before
adding org.wi-fi.wfds to the response.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 18:14:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5fa5f84324 P2PS: Add more debug prints for service info building
This makes the debug log much more helpful for figuring out results from
service hash matching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 18:14:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fdde3db6b8 P2PS: Remove unnecessary service hash filtering from p2p_reply_probe()
Probe Response building is already doing service matching and there is
no need to do this in both places, so simplify the p2p_reply_probe()
implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 18:14:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2e0eecf09 P2PS: Do not ignore other hashes if org.wi-fi.wfds hash is included
When doing initial processing of Probe Request frame service hashes, the
previous implementation dropped all other hash values if a hash for
org.wi-fi.wfds was included. This is not correct, since that is not a
full wildcard of all services (it only matches WFA defined
org.wi-fi.wfds.* services).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 17:27:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebdc32f350 P2PS: Fix service hash matching for org.wi-fi.wfds
This "wildcard" match is for WFA specified org.wi-fi.wfds.* services,
not for all services. Verify that there is a really matching service
being advertised instead of assuming this "wildcard" matches if any
services are advertised.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 17:27:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
24533f7e81 P2PS: Fix p2p_find handling to allow "wildcard" with other hash values
The org.wi-fi.wfds "wildcard" is not a full wildcard of all service
names and as such, it must not remove other service name hash values
from the Probe Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 17:27:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f33a31b06c P2PS: Verify service name length in P2P_FIND command
p2ps_gen_hash() has a limit on service names based on the temporary
buffer from stack. Verify that the service name from the local P2P_FIND
command is short enough to fix into that buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-18 17:27:30 +03:00
Max Stepanov
83e520e473 P2PS: Add a wildcard with other advertised service info
Quoting P2PS specification: "If multiple Service Hash values are
included in the Probe Request frame, then the ASP shall find a match for
each Service Hash, and it shall send a Probe Response frame with the
information listed in this section for all matched Service Hashes." This
commit changes handling of wildcard hash matching by adding a
wildcard 'org.wi-fi.wfds' info together with the other hash matches.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-18 15:06:54 +03:00
Max Stepanov
c5d3cadbfb P2PS: Re-factor p2p_buf_add_service_instance function
Add auxiliary functions to write a single advertised service info record
into a wpabuf and to find P2PS wildcard hash in a received hash
attribute. Re-factor p2p_buf_add_service_instance() function to allow
adding new wildcard types in future commits.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-18 15:06:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b4c0f58452 Clear allocated debug message buffers explicitly
When hostapd or wpa_supplicant is run in debug more with key material
prints allowed (-K on the command line), it is possible for passwords
and keying material to show up in debug prints. Since some of the debug
cases end up allocating a temporary buffer from the heap for processing
purposes, a copy of such password may remain in heap. Clear these
temporary buffers explicitly to avoid causing issues for hwsim test
cases that verify contents of memory against unexpected keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-17 16:30:34 +03:00
Max Stepanov
e12c4004e4 P2PS: Refactor p2p_data::query_hash and p2p_data::query_count use
Avoid using p2p_data::query_hash for both Probe Request frame processing
and for hashes specified by p2p_find. It's resolved by use of local
query_hash and query_count variables in p2p_reply_probe().

Since p2p_data::query_hash is used only for seek hash values rename
p2p_data::query_hash to p2ps_seek_hash.

Delete p2p_data::query_count since it's not needed anymore.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-15 17:30:01 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
4839da4d4f P2P: Add vendor elements into Invitation Response frames
Commit 86bd36f0d5 ('Add generic mechanism
for adding vendor elements into frames') introduced a mechanism to add
vendor elements into various frames, but missed the addition to the
Invitation Response frame. This commit addresses the same.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-15 14:16:30 +03:00
Max Stepanov
886f583dd7 P2PS: Delete p2ps_svc_found from struct p2p_data
This variable is used locally only in the p2p_reply_probe() function.
The value of this variable is valid only in the context of the single
Probe Request message handling and doesn't make much sense in p2p
context.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Max Stepanov
3f048aa8d2 P2PS: Add a function to free a PD context
Free a PD context with a function encapsulating both os_free() call and
setting a PD context pointer to NULL.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
8f52409972 P2P: Prefer direct Probe Response frames over GO's client list
A P2P Client may be discoverable and reply to Probe Request frames,
while at the same time the P2P GO would also be discoverable and include
the P2P Client information in the P2P Group Info attribute of the Probe
Response frames.

If a seeker constantly hears the Probe Response frames from a P2P Client
and then from the GO, but handles them in the opposite order (due to
scan results ordering), the more valuable Probe Response frame from the
P2P Client will be ignored. Fix this by defining a threshold (1 second)
during which the direct Probe Response frame will be preferred over the
information acquired from the GO and will not be considered as old.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
4e8817f7f0 P2P: Use more precise device timestamping for group clients
When adding group clients to the P2P peer list, use the driver provided
BSS entry timestamp instead of the current time. Otherwise, the time
comparison which is made in p2p_add_device() doesn't make sense.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
0799b3f899 P2P: Specify frequency when sending Probe Response frame
If the RX frequency of the Probe Request frame is known, specify it when
sending the Probe Response frame. This is needed when the Probe Request
frame is received on another virtual interface, for example, when a GO
or P2PS client are discoverable on the group operating channel.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
5d180a7739 drivers: Add freq parameter to send_mlme() function
Change send_mlme() API to allow sending management frames on a specific
channel, overriding the internal driver decision.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Max Stepanov
5143e7ee6e P2P: Fix return value of p2p_reply_probe() and p2p_probe_req_rx()
Return P2P_PREQ_PROCESSED instead of P2P_PREQ_NOT_PROCESSED on
a successful Probe Request frame handling in p2p_reply_probe().

Verify a return value of p2p_reply_probe() in p2p_probe_req_rx()
and continue a pending invitation/connection flow only if the
Probe Request frame is from an expected P2P peer.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Max Stepanov
734ddf6125 P2P: Add rx_freq parameter to Probe Request frame handler
In some cases, Probe Request frames can be received by a peer not only
on a listen channel. In this case an additional rx_freq parameter
explitly contains a Probe Request frame RX frequency. In case rx_freq is
set to 0, a Probe Request frame RX channel is assumed to be our own
listen channel (p2p->cfg->channel).

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-06-14 23:16:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a9a4841010 Remove duplicated country code from operating class lists
CA country code was included mistakenly (copy-paste..) in cn_op_class_cc
while it was supposed to be included only in us_op_class_cc. In
practice, this did not result in incorrect operation due to the
us_op_class_cc list being checked first. Anyway, better fix
cn_op_class_cc to avoid confusion here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-14 17:40:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbd0bf811e tests: Additional ieee802_11_parse_elems() module test coverage
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-14 16:47:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41ecd3778d tests: Module test for gas.c corner cases in gas_anqp_set_len()
This increases code coverage for gas.c testing to cover areas that
cannot be reached with pure hwsim test cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-06-14 16:27:21 +03:00
Michael Braun
132dfbe8c2 Fix removal of tagged interface and bridge when multiple BSS share them
Currently, if multiple bss share are bridge and tagged vlan interface,
only the first instance of struct hostapd_vlan for this vlanid will have
the DVLAN_CLEAN_VLAN flag added. Thus, when this instance is removed,
the tagged vlan interface will be removed from bridge, thought other bss
might still need it. Similarily, the bridge will be left over, as the
does not have zero ports when the first instance of a struct
hostapd_vlan is freed.

This patch fixes this by having a global (per process) reference counter
for dynamic tagged vlan and dynamically created bridge interfaces, so
they are only removed after all local users are freed. (struct
hapd_interfaces *)->vlan_priv is used to hold src/ap/vlan_init.c global
per-process data like drv_priv does; right now this is only used for the
interface reference counting, but could get extended when needed. Then
possibly some vlan_global_init / vlan_global_deinit should be added, but
this is not required right now.

Additionally, vlan->configured is checked to avoid reference counter
decreasing before vlan_newlink increased them.

In order to avoid race conditions, vlan_dellink is called explicitly
after hostapd_vlan_if_remove. Otherwise there would be a short timeframe
between hostapd_vlan_if_remove and vlan_dellink during which the struct
hostapd_vlan still exists, so ap_sta_bind_vlan would try to attach
stations to it.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-06-14 13:33:07 +03:00
Amr BEN ABDESSALEM
0c9fb14ec4 P2P: Add Operating class 125 for P2P supported channels
Add operating class 125 (channels 149..169) to the list of P2P supported
channels. This allows the 5 GHz channels 161 and 169 to be used for P2P
GO when those channels are allowed for AP mode in the current regulatory
domain.

Signed-off-by: Amr BEN ABDESSALEM <amrx.ben.abdessalem@intel.com>
2015-06-12 20:39:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
995a3a06f4 Document the wpa_msg_cb "global" parameter
Instead of an int variable with magic values 0, 1, 2, use an enum that
gives clearer meaning to the values now that the original boolean type
global argument is not really a boolean anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 16:02:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e19c1d2cc7 Fix pairwise cipher suite bitfields to the driver in mixed mode
Commit 95b6bca66d ('Add rsn_pairwise bits
to set_ieee8021x() driver_ops') modified cipher configuration to use
unconditionally wpa_pairwise | rsn_pairwise. While that works for many
cases, it does not handle the case of dynamic configuration changes over
the control interface where wpa_pairwise or rsn_pairwise values may not
get cleared when the wpa parameter is modified. Fix this inconsistency
by configuring the driver with only the bits that are valid for the
currently enabled WPA/WPA2 version(s).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 13:49:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5ee4dd9d9 Fix spelling of initialize in a comment and an error message
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-10 12:02:46 +03:00
MAYANK HAARIT
aa2b12562b P2P: Add GO Intent of connecting device in GO Negotiation Request event
Add GO Intent information of connecting device in GO Negotiation Request
event which will help applications to decide its own GO intent value in
advance and can avoid failure cases when both devices use GO Intent 15
depending on application requirement.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2015-06-06 18:16:39 +03:00
Alan T. DeKok
f13e815491 Set Acct-Session-Id from os_get_random() instead of os_get_time()
So that systems with bad clocks will send random session IDs,
instead of always ones starting at the same second.

If os_get_random() isn't available, use os_get_time(). But also
mix in now.tv_usec, so that the accounting session ID is more
likely to be globally and temporally unique.

Signed-off-by: Alan DeKok <aland@freeradius.org>
2015-06-06 17:23:43 +03:00
MAYANK HAARIT
92f190a0ac OpenSSL: Fix build iwth OpenSSL 0.9.8
The OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER < 0x00909000L case of
openssl_get_keyblock_size() had not been kept in sync with the cleanup
changes.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2015-06-06 17:15:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0980c7face hostapd: Make sure band selection does not result in NULL dereference
Explicitly check for iface->current_mode before dereferencing it. While
this case may not happen in practice, it is better for the setup
functions to be more careful when doing the initial band selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-06-02 20:06:49 +03:00
Peng Xu
3784c0589e Extend hw_mode to support any band for offloaded ACS case
When device supports dual band operations with offloaded ACS, hw_mode
can now be set to any band (hw_mode=any) in order to allow ACS to select
the best channel from any band. After a channel is selected, the hw_mode
is updated for hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-27 12:17:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca24117a5a EAP-EKE: Add Session-Id
While RFC 6124 does not define how Session-Id is constructed for
EAP-EKE, there seems to be consensus among the authors on the
construction. Use this Type | Nonce_P | Nonce_S construction based on
the following email:

 From: Yaron Sheffer <yaronf.ietf at gmail.com>
 To: ietf at ietf.org
 Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 13:13:42 +0200

Expanding on my previous response, I suggest to resolve Bernard's
concern by adding the following text:

5.6 EAP Key Generation

EAP-EKE can be used for EAP key generation, as defined by [RFC 5247].
When used in this manner, the values required to establish the key
hierarchy are defined as follows:

- Peer-Id is the EAP-EKE ID_P value.
- Server-Id is the EAP-EKE ID_S value.
- Session-Id is the concatenated Type | Nonce_P | Nonce_S, where Type is
  the method type defined for EAP-EKE in [Sec. 4.1], a single octet.

Thanks,
	Yaron

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-24 11:58:45 +03:00
Srinivasa Duvvuri
567098ec74 ACS: Scan only channels specified in the channel list
The ACS code part of hostapd scans all the channels even if the channel
list is specified in the hostapd.conf. Limit the ACS scan channels to
the list specified in the config file.

Signed-off-by: Srinivasa Duvvuri<sduvvuri@chromium.org>
2015-05-24 10:38:27 +03:00
Ilan Peer
9b05135aa4 P2P: Fix association with an AP/P2P GO that is not a P2P manager
Do not add a P2P IE when a station interface is trying to associate
to an AP or P2P GO that publishes a P2P IE but does not include
a P2P manageability attribute.

This addresses an interoperability issue that was reported in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=96471, where a P2P GO
rejects association from a station interface without a specified
reason.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-05-07 21:00:22 +03:00
Matthias May
8884ce03bc hostapd: check validity of cwMin/cwMax values
Signed-off-by: Matthias May <matthias.may@neratec.com>
2015-05-07 20:57:32 +03:00
Michael Braun
9649b5342d vlan: Print libnl error message on vlan_add / vlan_del
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-05-07 20:54:26 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
279724d835 Add QCA vendor subcmd for Link Property Query
Link Property query vendor command shall facilitate the information
of the Wi-Fi link. MAC address of the Wi-Fi peer is given as an input
for querying the link properties.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-05-07 18:53:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
58606fd987 EAP-pwd server: Make sure in_frag_pos is cleared to zero on allocation
The cleanup code will handle this, but it is more robust to make sure
this is cleared to zero when allocating a new buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6aa5d95dab EAP-pwd peer: Make sure in_frag_pos is cleared to zero on allocation
The cleanup code will handle this, but it is more robust to make sure
this is cleared to zero when allocating a new buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
28a069a545 EAP-pwd peer: Fix asymmetric fragmentation behavior
The L (Length) and M (More) flags needs to be cleared before deciding
whether the locally generated response requires fragmentation. This
fixes an issue where these flags from the server could have been invalid
for the following message. In some cases, this could have resulted in
triggering the wpabuf security check that would terminate the process
due to invalid buffer allocation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3035cc2894 EAP-pwd server: Fix Total-Length parsing for fragment reassembly
The remaining number of bytes in the message could be smaller than the
Total-Length field size, so the length needs to be explicitly checked
prior to reading the field and decrementing the len variable. This could
have resulted in the remaining length becoming negative and interpreted
as a huge positive integer.

In addition, check that there is no already started fragment in progress
before allocating a new buffer for reassembling fragments. This avoid a
potential memory leak when processing invalid message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
477c74395a EAP-pwd peer: Fix Total-Length parsing for fragment reassembly
The remaining number of bytes in the message could be smaller than the
Total-Length field size, so the length needs to be explicitly checked
prior to reading the field and decrementing the len variable. This could
have resulted in the remaining length becoming negative and interpreted
as a huge positive integer.

In addition, check that there is no already started fragment in progress
before allocating a new buffer for reassembling fragments. This avoid a
potential memory leak when processing invalid message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e28a58be26 EAP-pwd server: Fix payload length validation for Commit and Confirm
The length of the received Commit and Confirm message payloads was not
checked before reading them. This could result in a buffer read
overflow when processing an invalid message.

Fix this by verifying that the payload is of expected length before
processing it. In addition, enforce correct state transition sequence to
make sure there is no unexpected behavior if receiving a Commit/Confirm
message before the previous exchanges have been completed.

Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd2f043c9c EAP-pwd peer: Fix payload length validation for Commit and Confirm
The length of the received Commit and Confirm message payloads was not
checked before reading them. This could result in a buffer read
overflow when processing an invalid message.

Fix this by verifying that the payload is of expected length before
processing it. In addition, enforce correct state transition sequence to
make sure there is no unexpected behavior if receiving a Commit/Confirm
message before the previous exchanges have been completed.

Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef566a4d4f AP WMM: Fix integer underflow in WMM Action frame parser
The length of the WMM Action frame was not properly validated and the
length of the information elements (int left) could end up being
negative. This would result in reading significantly past the stack
buffer while parsing the IEs in ieee802_11_parse_elems() and while doing
so, resulting in segmentation fault.

This can result in an invalid frame being used for a denial of service
attack (hostapd process killed) against an AP with a driver that uses
hostapd for management frame processing (e.g., all mac80211-based
drivers).

Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8640cf7f8f WPS: Add more debug prints to httpread
These can be helpful when debugging HTTP error cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1bd0d578a9 WPS: Replace the httpread_debug design with standard debug prints
The debug information from httpread can be helpful in figuring out error
cases in general and as such, should be enabled by default. Get rid of
the hardcoded httpread_debug value that would require source code
changes to enable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7da4f4b499 WPS: Check maximum HTTP body length earlier in the process
There is no need to continue processing a HTTP body when it becomes
clear that the end result would be over the maximum length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af185d0b57 WPS: Extra validation step for HTTP reader
Verify that ncopy parameter to memcpy is not negative. While this is not
supposed to be needed, it is a good additional protection against
unknown implementation issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5acd23f458 WPS: Fix HTTP chunked transfer encoding parser
strtoul() return value may end up overflowing the int h->chunk_size and
resulting in a negative value to be stored as the chunk_size. This could
result in the following memcpy operation using a very large length
argument which would result in a buffer overflow and segmentation fault.

This could have been used to cause a denial service by any device that
has been authorized for network access (either wireless or wired). This
would affect both the WPS UPnP functionality in a WPS AP (hostapd with
upnp_iface parameter set in the configuration) and WPS ER
(wpa_supplicant with WPS_ER_START control interface command used).

Validate the parsed chunk length value to avoid this. In addition to
rejecting negative values, we can also reject chunk size that would be
larger than the maximum configured body length.

Thanks to Kostya Kortchinsky of Google security team for discovering and
reporting this issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 18:26:50 +03:00
Maks Naumov
74d912f134 libtommath: Fix check mp_init_multi() result
If the mp_init_multi() call had failed due to memory allocation failure,
mp_div() would have returned 1 instead of MP_MEM (-2). It looks like all
callers are checking the return value against MP_OKAY instead of <1
(etc.), so this does not seem to result in difference in behavior.
Anyway, it's best to fix the mp_div() return value for the MP_MEM error
case to avoid unexpected behavior.

Signed-off-by: Maks Naumov <maksqwe1@ukr.net>
2015-05-03 16:53:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd66aa63f4 Check Public Action length explicitly before reading Action Code
In theory, the previous version could have resulted in reading one byte
beyond the end of the management frame RX buffer if the local driver
were to deliver a truncated Public Action frame for processing. In
practice, this did not seem to happen with mac80211-based drivers and
even if it were, the extra octet would be an uninitialized value in a
buffer rather than read beyond the end of the buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:33:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff4a6d4382 EAP-SIM/AKA: Explicitly check for header to include Reserved field
This was previously checked as part of the eap_sim_parse_attr()
processing, but it is easier to review the code if there is an
additional explicit check for confirming that the Reserved field is
present since the pos variable is advanced beyond it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:33:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5ed40010c EAP-SAKE: Make attribute parser more readable
Clean up eap_sake_parse_add_attr() design by passing in pointer to the
payload of the attribute instead of parsing these separately for each
attribute within the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0dfb7be470 EAP-SAKE: Pass EAP identifier instead of full request
This simplifies analysis of areas that get access to unverified message
payload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
354e3f7959 TLS: Fix debug dump of X.509 certificate
The length of the extra data following the encoded certificate was
printed out in debug hexdump.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87fcb5a735 EAP-PAX: Fix PAX_STD-1 and PAX_STD-3 payload length validation
The req_plen argument to eap_pax_process_std_1() and
eap_pax_process_std_3() could be smaller than sizeof(struct eap_pax_hdr)
since the main processing function was only verifying that there is
enough room for the ICV and then removed ICV length from the remaining
payload length.

In theory, this could have resulted in the size_t left parameter being
set to a negative value that would be interpreted as a huge positive
integer. That could then result in a small buffer read overflow and
process termination if MSGDUMP debug verbosity was in use.

In practice, it does not seem to be feasible to construct a short
message that would be able to pass the ICV validation (calculated using
HMAC-SHA1-128) even for the case where an empty password is used.
Anyway, the implementation should really check the length explicitly
instead of depending on implicit check through ICV validation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3c5615ee0 EAP-GPSK: Pass EAP identifier instead of full request
This simplifies analysis of areas that get access to unverified message
payload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d36c803c69 EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS/FAST: Move more towards using struct wpabuf
The EAP-TLS-based helper functions can easily use struct wpabuf in more
places, so continue cleanup in that direction by replacing separate
pointer and length arguments with a single struct wpabuf argument.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d9f3b8ed6 EAP-FAST: Do not use type cast to remove const specification
All the uses here are read only, so there is no need to type case the
const specification away.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07f9034d14 EAP-FAST: Pass EAP identifier instead of full request
This simplifies analysis of areas that get access to unverified message
payload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f153e41bb2 EAP-EKE: Do not pass full request to eap_eke_build_fail()
This function is only using the Identifier field from the EAP request
header, so there is no need to pass it a pointer to the full message.
This makes it a bit easier to analyze the area that gets access to
unverified message payload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:32:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
53f376c103 Fix a typo in function documentation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-05-03 16:31:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dea0d8ee29 RADIUS: Fix a copy-paste error in variable name
MS-MPPE-Recv-Key generation in radius_msg_add_mppe_keys() used incorrect
function argument (send_key_len; should be recv_key_len) when allocating
a temporary buffer. Fix this by using the correct argument.

The only caller of the function uses the same length for both
send_key_len and recv_key_len, so this copy-paste error did not result
in any difference in the behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-29 12:08:27 +03:00
Hamad Kadmany
01a025937c WPS: Add support for 60 GHz band
Handling of WPS RF band for 60 GHz was missing. Add it in all relevant
places and also map "AES" as the cipher to GCMP instead of CCMP when
operating on the 60 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-28 00:22:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
346517674a nl80211: Verify that cipher suite conversion succeeds
It was possible for the WPA_ALG_PMK algorithm in set_key() to result in
trying to configure a key with cipher suite 0. While this results in a
failure from cfg80211 or driver, this is not really desirable operation,
so add a check for cipher suite conversion result before issuing the
nl80211 command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-27 16:49:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a7ce98469 Make IPv6 NA multicast-to-unicast conversion configurable
This can be used with Proxy ARP to allow multicast NAs to be forwarded
to associated STAs using link layer unicast delivery. This used to be
hardcoded to be enabled, but it is now disabled by default and can be
enabled with na_mcast_to_ucast=1. This functionality may not be desired
in all networks and most cases work without it, so the new
default-to-disabled is more appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-27 12:30:09 +03:00
Michael Braun
a0ad9e8c9e Remove WPA per-VLAN groups when no more stations remain
Previously, struct wpa_group was created when the first station enters
the group and the struct wpa_group was not freed when all station left
the group. This causes a problem because wpa_group will enter
FATAL_FAILURE when a wpa_group is running while the AP_VLAN interface
has already been removed.

Fix this by adding a reference counter to struct wpa_group and free a
group if it is unused.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-26 16:56:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87b5b53959 Make VLAN ID available in STA info over control interface
If hostapd has bound a STA into a specific VLAN, the new vlan_id
parameter in the control interface STA command can now be used to check
which VLAN ID is in use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 15:58:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
209214b479 vlan: Move CONFIG_FULL_DYNAMIC_VLAN includes to proper places
All the system header files are supposed to be included before any other
internal header file apart from utils/includes.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 13:36:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6da824b19 Do not use C++ reserved words as variable names
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-26 13:36:55 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
8b423edbd3 Declare all read only data structures as const
By analysing objdump output some read only structures were found in
.data section. To help compiler further optimize code declare these
as const.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2015-04-25 17:33:06 +03:00
Mike Gerow
fd4fb28179 OpenSSL: Try to ensure we don't throw away the PIN unnecessarily
Now on an engine error we decode the error value and determine if the
issue is due to a true PIN error or not. If it is due to incorrrect PIN,
delete the PIN as usual, but if it isn't let the PIN be.

Signed-off-by: Mike Gerow <gerow@google.com>
2015-04-25 16:05:50 +03:00
Masashi Honma
fabc6dd8c4 mesh: Retransmit the last Commit Message in the Committed state
Previously, mesh state machine transmits updated Commit Message when
receiving a Confirm Message in Committed state. According to the
standard, it should (re)send the latest Commit Message previously sent.

IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 11.3.8.6.4 Protocol instance behavior - Committed
state:
"Upon receipt of a Con event, ... If Sync is not greater than
dot11RSNASAESync, the protocol instance shall increment Sync, transmit
the last Commit Message sent to the peer, and set the t0
(retransmission) timer."

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-04-25 15:36:41 +03:00
Michael Braun
068669fc92 vlan: Verify RADIUS returned VLAN-ID and dynamic_vlan=required
This extends dynamic_vlan=required checks to apply for WPA-PSK with
macaddr_acl=2 (RADIUS) case.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-25 10:28:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8ea8a89cb4 nl80211: Extend unique MAC address assignment for station iftype
Previously, only P2P and mesh use cases enforced unique MAC address for
a dynamically added virtual interface. Extend this to cover normal
station mode interfaces since those can now be added with INTERFACE_ADD.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-24 01:22:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ca68a8b561 WPS: Explicitly reject Public Key attribute with unexpected length
There is no need to try to derive DH shared key with a peer that tries
to use too short or too long DH Public Key. Previously, such cases ended
up implicitly getting rejected by the DH operations failing to produce
matching results. That is unnecessarily, so simply reject the message
completely if it does not have a Public Key with valid length. Accept
couple of octets shorter value to be used to avoid interoperability
issues if there are implementations that do not use zero-padding
properly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6b94f71dcd WPS: Truncate variable length string attributes to maximum length
This enforces variable length strings Manufacturer, Model Name, Model
Number, and Serial Number to be within the maximum length defined in the
WSC specification. While none of the existing users for these within
hostapd/wpa_supplicant had problems with longer strings, it is good to
ensure the strings are not longer to avoid potential issues at higher
layer components.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f4b64c603e Simplify VHT Operation element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6fefd64d2 Simplify HT Operation element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40baac0e43 Simplify VHT Capabilities element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
baae4cb9b4 Simplify HT Capabilities element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the element is of fixed length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b39a05913a Simplify Timeout Interval element parsing
Remove the length field from struct ieee802_11_elems since the only
allowed element length is five and that is checked by the parser.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8997b9407 Simplify ERP element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the only allowed element length is one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f87c99c787 Simplify DSSS Parameter Set element parsing
Check the element length in the parser and remove the length field from
struct ieee802_11_elems since the only allowed element length is one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae7a42bde2 FT: Check FT, MD, and Timeout Interval length in the parser
All the existing users of these elements were already validating the
element length. However, it is clearer to validate this already at the
parser for extra layer of protection for any future changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 22:05:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
253103681c FT: Fix WMM TSPEC validation in driver-based AP MLME case
Commit 88b32a99d3 ('FT: Add FT AP support
for drivers that manage MLME internally') added an alternative way of
processing the WMM TSPEC from RIC. However, that change did not seem to
include the same checks for WMM TSPEC element length that were used in
the original implementation for MLME-in-hostapd case. Fix this by
sharing the older implementation of copying the WMM TSPEC from RIC for
both cases.

It looks like the destination buffer for the response is sufficiently
long for the fixed length copy, but it may have been possible to trigger
a read beyond the end of the FTIE by about 50 bytes. Though, that seems
to be within the buffer received for RX buffer in the case that uses
this driver-based AP MLME design for FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26b3f64428 tests: Add ap-mgmt-fuzzer
This program can be used to run fuzzing tests for areas related to AP
management frame parsing and processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
46c3befe24 tests: Add eapol-fuzzer
This program can be used to run fuzzing tests for areas related to EAPOL
frame parsing and processing on the supplicant side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a65d7495b5 tests: Add p2p-fuzzer
This program can be used to run fuzzing tests for areas related to P2P
message parsing and processing. p2p-fuzzer allows data files to be used
to inject Probe Response and Action frames for processing by the P2P
module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
632931c3ce P2P: Use WPS_SEC_DEV_TYPE_MAX_LEN in P2P array definition
This makes it more obvious that the wps_parse_msg() bounds checking is
used to verify that there is sufficient space in the P2P buffer for the
secondary device types.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6ca8a74cd0 tests: Add a module test for wpa_ssid_txt() with too long SSID
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0f5acfba06 Use common is_ctrl_char() helper function
This modifies couple of code segments that replaced control characters
in strings with '_' to use a common helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a041acc0a WPS: Ignore too long SSID attribute
While it looks like all the users of this parsed attribute were able to
handle longer SSID values, there is no valid use case for these and to
avoid any potential future issues, enforce maximum length (32 bytes) on
the SSID during parsing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6c3067d32 Replace SSID_LEN with SSID_MAX_LEN
This makes source code more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
81847c22ba Replace HOSTAPD_MAX_SSID_LEN with SSID_MAX_LEN
This makes source code more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6fb761c690 Replace WPA_MAX_SSID_LEN with SSID_MAX_LEN
This makes the source code more consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d9d1b9527a Use SSID_MAX_LEN define instead of value 32 when comparing SSID length
This makes the implementation easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65b10253d6 WPS: Ignore too long Device Name attribute
While it looks like all the users of this parsed attribute were able to
handle longer Device Name values, there is no valid use case for these
and to avoid any potential issues in upper layer components, enforce
maximum length (32 bytes) on the Device Name during parsing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc6f24380c Add WPS_DEV_NAME_MAX_LEN define and use it when comparing length
This make code easier to understand.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dd3d8578d0 P2PS: Check for maximum SSID length in Persistent Group Info
While none of the current users of msg.persistent_ssid{,_len} would have
issues with too long SSID value, it is safer to enforce bounds checking
on the SSID while parsing the attribute to avoid any potential issues in
the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05e46a944a Ignore too long SSID element value in parser
The SSID element is defined to have a valid length range of 0-32. While
this length was supposed to validated by the users of the element
parser, there are not really any valid cases where the maximum length of
32 octet SSID would be exceeded and as such, the parser itself can
enforce the limit as an additional protection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ed4eee345 P2P: Validate SSID element length before copying it (CVE-2015-1863)
This fixes a possible memcpy overflow for P2P dev->oper_ssid in
p2p_add_device(). The length provided by the peer device (0..255 bytes)
was used without proper bounds checking and that could have resulted in
arbitrary data of up to 223 bytes being written beyond the end of the
dev->oper_ssid[] array (of which about 150 bytes would be beyond the
heap allocation) when processing a corrupted management frame for P2P
peer discovery purposes.

This could result in corrupted state in heap, unexpected program
behavior due to corrupted P2P peer device information, denial of service
due to process crash, exposure of memory contents during GO Negotiation,
and potentially arbitrary code execution.

Thanks to Google security team for reporting this issue and smart
hardware research group of Alibaba security team for discovering it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:44:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
90758f09ec Mark QCA vendor command id 53 reserved, but not used anymore
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:21:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f41ded6fa4 Remove unused leftover from multi-SSID design
The multi-SSID design that used a single beaconing BSSID with multiple
SSIDs was never completed in this repository, so there is no need to
maintain the per-STA ssid/ssid_probe pointers that could only point to
&hapd->conf->ssid. Save some memory and reduce code complexity by
removing this unused partial capability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 11:17:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb71a8342d OpenSSL: Clean up TLS PRF implementation
Commit fa0e715100 ('Use
tls_connection_prf() for all EAP TLS-based key derivation') copied some
pointer checks from the generic implementation to tls_openssl.c.
However, these are arrays and cannot be NULL in OpenSSL data. Remove the
unnecessary checks and add master_key_length check for completeness.
(CID 109619).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-04-22 11:17:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7f90a234b6 Add QCA vendor subcmd for OCB
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-22 01:05:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1acf38f1a5 Add ifname to vlan_remove_dynamic() debug print
This makes it easier to interpret debug logs for cases where hostapd
control multiple interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-13 17:08:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e192bd08f Print debug entry on STA pruning from other interfaces
This makes it easier to interpret debug logs in case hostapd controls
multiple interfaces and a STA roams between them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-13 17:08:10 +03:00
Michael Braun
c8e6beabb6 Remove VLAN interface on STA free
Currently, vlan_remove_dynamic() is only called when the station VLAN ID
is changed (ap_sta_bind_vlan), but not when the station is freed. So
dynamic VLAN interfaces are not removed actually except within 1x
reauthentification VLAN ID change, although most of the code is already
there.

This patch fixes this by calling vlan_remove_dynamic() in ap_free_sta().

It cannot just use sta->vlan_id for this, as this might have been
changed without calling ap_sta_bind_vlan() (ap/ieee802_11.c:handle_auth
fetches from RADIUS cache for WPA-PSK), thus reference counting might
not have been updated. Additionally, reference counting might get wrong
due to old_vlanid = 0 being passed unconditionally, thus increasing the
reference counter multiple times.

So tracking the currently assigned (i.e., dynamic_vlan counter
increased) VLAN is done in a new variable sta->vlan_id_bound. Therefore,
the old_vlan_id argument of ap_sta_bind_vlan() is no longer needed and
setting the VLAN for the sta in driver happens unconditionally.

Additionally, vlan->dynamic_vlan is only incremented when it actually
is a dynamic VLAN.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 17:08:10 +03:00
Michael Braun
de31fb052c vlan: Ignore multiple NEWLINK messages
hostapd receives NEWLINK messages multiple times and thus does
configuration of the the vlan interface multiple times.

This is not required and leads to the following during cleanup in
test pmksa_cache_preauth_vlan_used:
 1. run-test.py does: brctl delif brvlan1 wlan3.1
 2. hostapd processes NEWLINK and does: brctl addif brvlan1 wlan3.1
 3. run-test.py does: brctl delbr brvlan1
    -> fails as wlan3.1 is still in the bridge

This patch fixes this by ignoring repeated NEWLINK messages.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:34:33 +03:00
Michael Braun
371205dd0c vlan: Ignore DELLINK on interfaces that exists
When hitting
> Failed to create interface wlan3.1: -23 (Too many open files in system)
> Try to remove and re-create wlan3.1
hostapd deletes the AP_VLAN interface and then recreates it. Thus the
kernel assigns the same ifidx to the new interfaces and sends DELLINK
and NEWLINK mesages.

As the DELLINK messages are processed after the struct hostapd_vlan is
added, hostapd deletes the struct hostapd_vlan entry, deconfigures the
AP_VLAN interface and leaves vlan_newlink nothing to find afterwards.

So this patch makes DELLINK messages to be ignored when the interface
exists.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:31:56 +03:00
Michael Braun
a5e81ba9eb Fix STA VLAN bind for RSN pre-authentication case
Previously, during RSN preauthentication, ap_sta_bind_vlan() was called,
which fails for non-zero sta->vlan_id as the station is not known to the
kernel driver.

Fix this by binding the station only if it is associated. If it is not
associated, ap_sta_bind_vlan() will be done later during association.

In addition, reject Access-Accept if the returned VLAN ID is not valid
in the current hostapd configuration.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:26:40 +03:00
Michael Braun
3ffdeb7ac8 Fix RSN preauthentication with dynamic_vlan enabled but unused
sta->vlan_id == -1 means no VLAN, as does vlan_id = 0.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2015-04-13 15:26:40 +03:00
Nick Kralevich
d447cd596f Updates for stricter automatic memcpy bounds checking
Both Android's libc and glibc support _FORTIFY_SOURCE, a compiler
and libc feature which inserts automatic bounds checking into
common C functions such as memcpy() and strcpy(). If a buffer
overflow occurs when calling a hardened libc function, the
automatic bounds checking will safely shutdown the program and
prevent memory corruption.

Android is experimenting with _FORTIFY_SOURCE=3, a new fortify
level which enhances memcpy() to prevent overflowing an element
of a struct. Under the enhancements, code such as

  struct foo {
    char empty[0];
    char one[1];
    char a[10];
    char b[10];
  };

  int main() {
    foo myfoo;
    int n = atoi("11");
    memcpy(myfoo.a, "01234567890123456789", n);
    return 0;
  }

will cleanly crash when the memcpy() call is made.

Fixup hostap code to support the new level. Specifically:

* Fixup sha1_transform so it works with the enhanced bounds checking.
The old memcpy() code was attempting to write to context.h0, but that
structure element is too small and the write was extending (by design)
into h1, h2, h3, and h4. Use explicit assignments instead of
overflowing the struct element.

* Modify most of the structures in ieee802_11_defs.h to use ISO C99
flexible array members (https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Zero-Length.html)
instead of a zero length array. Zero length arrays have zero length,
and any attempt to call memcpy() on such elements will always overflow.
Flexible array members have no such limitation. The only element not
adjusted is probe_req, since doing so will generate a compile time error,
and it's not obvious to me how to fix it.

Signed-off-by: Nick Kralevich <nnk@google.com>
2015-04-13 14:01:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60eb9e173e AP: Enable multicast snooping on bridge if ProxyARP IPv6 is in use
This is needed to allow correct ProxyARP behavior for IPv6.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-13 14:00:32 +03:00
Mark Salyzyn
0144ecb8c8 Android: wpa_ctrl missing include for sys/stat.h
wpa_ctrl.c gets sys/stat.h inherited from
private/android_filesystem_config.h it should
not rely on this in the future. The intent is
to move fs_config function into libcutils and
thus deprecate any need for sys/stat.h in this
include file.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2015-04-03 10:47:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
80fd9c3576 EAP-PEAP server: Add support for negotiating vendor for Phase 2
This is a step towards enabling support of expanded EAP header in Phase
2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-01 12:57:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a867082cb8 EAP peer: Use 32-bit EAP method type for Phase 2 processing
This is a step towards enabling expanded EAP header within Phase 2 EAP
methods.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-01 12:57:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4b45c60ad TLS: Fix memory leaks on tls_connection_set_params() error paths
The internal TLS implementation started rejecting number of unsupported
configuration parameters recently, but those new error paths did not
free the allocated tlsv1_credentials buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-01 12:57:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af851914f8 Make tls_connection_get_keyblock_size() internal to tls_*.c
This function exposes internal state of the TLS negotiated parameters
for the sole purpose of being able to implement PRF for EAP-FAST. Since
tls_connection_prf() is now taking care of all TLS-based key derivation
cases, it is cleaner to keep this detail internal to each tls_*.c
wrapper implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-04-01 12:56:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94f1fe6f63 Remove master key extraction from tls_connection_get_keys()
This is not needed anymore with the tls_connection_prf() being used to
handle all key derivation needs. tls_connection_get_keys() is a bit
misnamed for now, but it is only used to fetch the client and server
random for Session-Id derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-31 15:52:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa0e715100 Use tls_connection_prf() for all EAP TLS-based key derivation
tls_openssl.c is the only remaining TLS/crypto wrapper that needs the
internal PRF implementation for EAP-FAST (since
SSL_export_keying_material() is not available in older versions and does
not support server-random-before-client case). As such, it is cleaner to
assume that TLS libraries support tls_connection_prf() and move the
additional support code for the otherwise unsupported cases into
tls_openssl.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-31 15:47:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df8191d0b8 Rename HT 20/40 coex variable to be more descriptive
is_ht_allowed is a confusing name since this variable is used to track
whether 40 MHz channel bandwidth is allowed instead of whether HT is
allowed in general.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-30 12:59:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d0f42a073 EAP server: Add debug prints to help asleap testing
This adds hexdumps of MSCHAP/MSCHAPv2 Challenge and Response in format
used by asleap. This is only enabled for CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 22:49:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c1cf90376 Add wpa_snprintf_hex_sep()
This can be used to print a hexdump with the specified separator between
octets.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 22:27:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5955cfaacd ms_funcs: Make challenge_hash() non-static
This function can be of use outside ms_funcs.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 22:27:00 +03:00
Eliad Peller
154a1d5f7f hostapd: Fix some compilation errors
If NEED_AP_MLME=y is not defined, compilation might
fail under some configurations:

src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:594:2: warning: implicit declaration of
function ‘hostapd_acs_completed’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]

src/ap/sta_info.c:253: undefined reference to `sae_clear_retransmit_timer'

Fix these errors by adding the missing hostapd_acs_completed() stub,
and defining NEED_AP_MLME in case of CONFIG_SAE.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-29 20:51:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65a7b21f5e OpenSSL: Implement AES-128 CBC using EVP API
This replaces the internal CBC mode implementation in
aes_128_cbc_encrypt() and aes_128_cbc_decrypt() with the OpenSSL
implementation for CONFIG_TLS=openssl builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 20:30:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
22ba05c09e Explicitly clear temporary stack buffers in tls_prf_sha1_md5()
The local buffers may contain information used to generate parts of the
derived key, so clear these explicitly to minimize amount of unnecessary
private key-related material in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 16:43:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
940a4dbf66 Explicitly clear temporary stack buffer in sha1_t_prf()
The local hash[] buffer may contain parts of the derived key, so clear
it explicitly to minimize number of unnecessary copies of key material
in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 16:40:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eccca102bf Explicitly clear temporary stack buffer in hmac_sha256_kdf()
The local T[] buffer may contain parts of the derived key, so clear it
explicitly to minimize number of unnecessary copies of key material in
memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 16:38:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e8e365def6 wext: Add support for renamed Host AP driver ifname
Previous workaround for WEXT events from the Host AP driver required
wlan# and wifi# interfaces to have fixed names with the same number.
While that used to be the common case ten years ago, it is less common
nowadays. Extend this to use sysfs (if available) to figure out the
wifi# interface name if the specified interface is detected to be using
the Host AP driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-29 11:42:02 +03:00
Ben Greear
fc48d33b0d Improve error messages related to EAP DB
Add SQLite error message and DB name to the DB related errors. Add
enough tracing so that users can know exactly where users are failing to
be found.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-03-28 13:16:26 +02:00
Ben Greear
23dd15a992 http-curl: Improve log messages
Helps to track down why some problems relating to certs can happen.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-03-28 11:23:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a52410c29f Allow PSK/passphrase to be set only when needed
The new network profile parameter mem_only_psk=1 can be used to specify
that the PSK/passphrase for that network is requested over the control
interface (ctrl_iface or D-Bus) similarly to the EAP network parameter
requests. The PSK/passphrase can then be configured temporarily in a way
that prevents it from getting stored to the configuration file.

For example:

Event:
CTRL-REQ-PSK_PASSPHRASE-0:PSK or passphrase needed for SSID test-wpa2-psk

Response:
CTRL-RSP-PSK_PASSPHRASE-0:"qwertyuiop"

Note: The response value uses the same encoding as the psk network
profile parameter, i.e., passphrase is within double quotation marks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-28 11:05:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e808b831c EAP-pwd peer: Add support for hashed password
This extends EAP-pwd peer support to allow NtHash version of password
storage in addition to full plaintext password. In addition, this allows
the server to request hashed version even if the plaintext password is
available on the client. Furthermore, unsupported password preparation
requests are now rejected rather than allowing the authentication
attempt to continue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-28 09:43:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4840b381c EAP-pwd server: Add support for hashed password
This extends EAP-pwd server support to allow NtHash version of password
storage in addition to full plaintext password.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-28 09:42:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2bd2ed2006 EAP-pwd: Mark helper function arguments const when appropriate
These variables are not modified during PWE or key computation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-28 09:34:30 +02:00
Ben Greear
0f8385e6fa Show OSEN key management properly in scan results
Old code defaulted to WEP for an AP advertising OSEN. Show as OSEN
instead. Re-use most of the RSN parsing logic since all but the header
is the same.

Example output:

[root@ath9k-f lanforge]# ./local/bin/wpa_cli -i sta0 scan_results
bssid / frequency / signal level / flags / ssid
00:0e:8e:6f:40:49	2462	-23	[OSEN-OSEN-CCMP][ESS]	ben-138

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-03-25 16:04:03 +02:00
Ilan Peer
54d3dc9184 AP: Unset HT capabilities for an HT association request without WMM
HT requires QoS/WMM, so unset HT capabilities for a station
whose association request does not include a valid WMM IE.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-03-25 15:02:58 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
c41d0840a1 nl80211: Allow driver-based roam to change ESS
This extends NL80211_CMD_ROAM event processing to allow the driver to
roam to another ESS (different SSID) when using offloaded BSS selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-24 21:13:28 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
1de071007e atheros: Clear WPS appie during deinit
The WPS IE(s) need to be cleared from the driver explicitly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-24 15:05:43 +02:00
Manikandan Mohan
857d94225a Extend offloaded ACS QCA vendor command to support VHT
Update ACS driver offload feature for VHT configuration. In addition,
this allows the chanlist parameter to be used to specify which channels
are included as options for the offloaded ACS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-23 12:18:05 +02:00
Max Stepanov
c40a8918ec P2PS: Delete ASP advertisements on wpas_p2p_service_flush
Delete all ASP serice advertisement on wpas_p2p_service_flush similarly
to Bonjour and UPnP services.

Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Eliad Peller
030a3e12da DFS: Fix range availability check
There's off-by-one in the range availability check - the case of
first_chan_idx + num_chans == num_channels should be allowed (e.g., 0 +
1 == 1, for the case of a single 20 MHz channel).

Signed-off-by: Maital Hahn <maitalm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Eliad Peller
56ef99255c DFS: Consider non-contiguous channels
When looking for a new operating channel, consider the case of
non-contiguous channels when checking all the needed channels (e.g., the
driver might support channels 36, 38, 40, so look for channels 36+40
explicitly, instead of failing when encountering channel 38).

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Eliad Peller
e7a296ba13 Remove unused shared_freq driver op
This driver op is not used anymore

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Zefir Kurtisi
5f9c92f8f7 nl80211: Fix vendor command handling
In wiphy_info_handler(), vendor specific commands were
interpreted as QCA specific without checking for the OUI,
which caused incorrect setting of driver flags with
commands from other vendors. As a result, that could
prevent proper operation (e.g., inability to process CSA).

This patch ensures that QCA vendor specific commands are
checked against QCA OUI before related flags are set.

Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
2015-03-20 15:56:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c50246078 Add a AP mode event message for possible PSK/passphrase mismatch
If the AP/Authenticator receives an EAPOL-Key msg 2/4 for an association
that negotiated use of PSK and the EAPOL-Key MIC does not match, it is
likely that the station is trying to use incorrect PSK/passphrase.
Report this with "AP-STA-POSSIBLE-PSK-MISMATCH <STA addr>" control
interface event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-19 13:14:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6784168d07 Remove SChannel support
SChannel/CryptoAPI as a TLS/crypto library alternative was never
completed. Critical functionality is missing and there are bugs in this
implementation. Since there are no known plans of completing this
support, it is better to remove this code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-18 22:31:36 +02:00
Peter Oh
6128a90979 hostapd: Add channel 140 to allowed HT40 channel pairs
Channel 140 is needed as allowed HT40 channel pair to use
channel 144 introduced in 802.11ac for VHT40 and VHT80.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-16 12:03:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74fa78b281 Add AVG_BEACON_RSSI to SIGNAL_POLL output
If the driver reports separate signal strength average for Beacon
frames, report that in SIGNAL_POLL output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 20:45:20 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4acdc48a43 nl80211: Handle NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES attribute
Handle NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES attribute and
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS to determine whether
the driver supports VHT with IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-03-15 20:36:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0563ac626 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2015-03-04.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 20:35:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b949804b3 FT: Avoid unnecessary allocation for MIC calculation
Use the vector version of omac1_aes_128() to avoid unnecessary memory
allocation for each FTIE MIC calculation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 20:18:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18da814be7 The master branch is now used for v2.5 development
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 19:38:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc04db9b06 Change version information for the 2.4 release
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-15 19:30:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
319d9daab9 Fix bitfield_get_first_zero() to not read beyond buffer
It was possible for bitfield_get_first_zero() to read one octet beyond
the allocated bit buffer in case the first zero bit was not within
size-1 first octets.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-14 13:50:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
39c3bfcde3 Indicate AP-DISABLED on main AP mode deinit path
This event was previously used only when disabling AP mode operation
through hostapd control interface. Make this more consistent by
providing same indication when disabling hostapd interface through the
interface deinit path. This adds the event to the case where a full
hostapd radio instance is removed which also applies for the
wpa_supplicant AP mode operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-14 10:14:22 +02:00
Rohit Agrawal
00033a0903 OpenSSL: Always accept pinned certificates
If OpenSSL reports that a presented leaf certificate is invalid,
but it has been explicitly pinned, accept it anyway.

Signed-off-by: Rohit Agrawal <rohit.agrawal.mn@gmail.com>
2015-03-07 21:26:26 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
b2329e4ad5 Add QCA vendor subcmd for Data Offload
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-07 19:19:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
761396e4be Reject Group Key message 1/2 prior to completion of 4-way handshake
Previously, it would have been possible to complete RSN connection by
skipping the msg 3/4 and 4/4 completely. This would have resulted in
pairwise key not being configured. This is obviously not supposed to
happen in practice and could result in unexpected behavior, so reject
group key message before the initial 4-way handshake has been completed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-07 13:00:06 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
3f0e6ec4f3 nl80211: Extend NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER to support discovery
ML80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION can now set to NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ to
allow the driver to request wpa_supplicant to initiate TDLS Discovery
Request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 21:13:21 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
c10ca2a66f TDLS: Allow driver to request TDLS Discovery Request initiation
This extends the TDLS operation request mechanism to allow TDLS
Discovery Request to be initiated by the driver similarly to the
existing Setup and Teardown requests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 21:08:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ac8e074ec1 Clear RSN timers for preauth and PTK rekeying on disassociation
Previously, it was possible for the wpa_sm_start_preauth() and
wpa_sm_rekey_ptk() eloop callbacks to remain active after disconnection
and potentially continue to be used for the next association. This is
not correct behavior, so explicitly cancel these timeouts to avoid
unexpected attempts to complete RSN preauthentication or to request PTK
to be rekeyed.

It was possible to trigger this issue, e.g., by running the following
hwsim test case sequence: ap_wpa2_ptk_rekey ap_ft_sae_over_ds

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 18:43:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2f65dd685 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 commands 61..90
These are reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 15:46:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bea8d9a39a nl80211: Use the new bridge port option proxyarp_wifi
The initial IEEE 802.11 ProxyARP functionality in the kernel needed
changes in behavior and that ended up requiring an independent
configuration parameter to be used. Update hostapd to use that new
proxyarp_wifi parameter instead of the earlier proxyarp.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-06 11:32:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6e9023ea49 DFS: Allow wpa_supplicant AP mode to use non-offloaded DFS
This extends the hostapd-like setup of DFS-in-userspace for
wpa_supplicant AP mode operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:25:13 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
02e42ab75b nl80211: Add vendor event parsing for DFS offload events
This converts the QCA vendor event to EVENT_DFS_* events for the case
of DFS offloaded to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:24:32 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
1e2aaffbc8 DFS offload: Indicate AP-CSA-FINISHED for DFS offloaded case
Modify the string for AP-CSA-FINISHED event indication to include a flag
which tells the framework whether the new channel is a DFS channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:22:03 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
c13578c339 DFS offload: Add main DFS handler for offloaded case
Add handling logic for DFS offloaded case, and add a helper function
that takes the frequency (MHz) as a param and returns 1 if given channel
requires DFS, or 0 otherwise.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 17:21:30 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
5de81d7a7a DFS offload: Skip user space processing for CAC operations
If DFS is offloaded to the driver, hostapd should not be performing
these operations. Send the relevant control interface events to provide
information to upper layer software that may use such events to track
DFS/CAC state. This makes the offloaded DFS implementation more
consistent with the DFS-in-hostapd behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-05 16:24:39 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
dd5c155e2e eap_proxy: Callback to notify any updates from eap_proxy
This commit introduces a callback to notify any configuration updates
from the eap_proxy layer. This is used to trigger re-reading of IMSI and
MNC length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-02 12:47:20 +02:00
Vivek Natarajan
9a05d98bf9 atheros: Add a new flag for OSEN support
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-03-02 12:40:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b4a9292cfb RADIUS client: Fix server failover on return-to-primary on error case
If a connection with the primary server cannot be established, restore
connection to the previously used server.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 22:36:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1a7ed38670 RADIUS client: Fix a copy-paste error in accounting server failover
Commit 347c55e216 ('RADIUS client: Re-try
connection if socket is closed on retransmit') added a new option for
initialing RADIUS server failover from radius_client_retransmit(), but
ended up trying to change authentication servers when accounting server
was supposed to be changed due to a copy-paste issue.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 22:36:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de7c06ee17 P2P: Continue find in GO-Neg-Resp-fail status corner cases
It was possible for the GO Negotiation Response (failure) TX status to
be processed at a point where there is no P2P timeout to continue
search. Avoid stopping the ongoing search operation by explicitly
restarting it from this callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-03-01 22:36:52 +02:00
Daisuke Niwa
fa9f381f20 P2P: Allow a specific channel to be specified in P2P_FIND
The optional freq=<MHz> can now be used with the P2P_FIND command to
specify a single channel to scan during the first round of P2P search.
For example, this can be used to replace the full initial scan with a
single channel scan of a known operation channel.

Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@sonymobile.com>
2015-02-28 21:52:56 +02:00
Daichi Ueura
eb78a8d5e3 P2P: Restore P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC
This reverts commit 3df2f4fe99 ('P2P:
Remove unused P2P_SCAN_SPECIFIC') with a modification to fit the current
code base.

Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@sonymobile.com>
2015-02-28 21:41:38 +02:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
d988ff76bf hostapd: Disable VHT caps for STAs when no valid VHT MCS found
Disable VHT caps for STAs for which there is not even a single
allowed MCS in any supported number of streams. i.e STA is
advertising 3 (not supported) as VHT MCS rates for all supported
streams.

Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-28 21:00:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70fd8287eb RADIUS client: Fix previous failover change
Commit 347c55e216 ('RADIUS client: Re-try
connection if socket is closed on retransmit') added a possibility of
executing RADIUS server failover change within
radius_client_retransmit() without taking into account that this
operation may end up freeing the pending message that is being
processed. This could result in use of freed memory. Avoid this by
checking whether any pending messages have been removed and if so, do
not try to retransmit the potentially freed message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 20:52:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
347c55e216 RADIUS client: Re-try connection if socket is closed on retransmit
Previously, send() was called with invalid fd = -1 in some error cases
for retransmission and this could even result in a loop of multiple such
attempts. This is obviously not going to work, so drop such attempts and
instead, try to reconnect a socket to the server if the current socket
is not valid.

In addition, initiate server failover immediately if the current socket
is not valid instead of waiting for a timeout.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 16:40:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94b39e5927 RADIUS client: Fix server connection recovery after initial failure
If the initial attempt at opening the socket connection to the RADIUS
server failed due to missing IP connectivity during startup, e.g., with
"connect[radius]: Network is unreachable", hostapd did not try to
reconnect when RADIUS messages were sent. Instead, it only reported "No
authentication server configured" even if the configuration did have a
server entry.

This was broken by commit 9ed4076673
('RADIUS client: Do not try to send message without socket') for the
initial case and the more recent fixes in RADIUS server failover cases
did not cover the initial failure case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 15:45:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
efb40081ab TLS: Remove placeholders for SIGN_ALG_DSA support
It does not look likely that the old DSA design would be added into the
internal TLS implement, so remove this otherwise dead code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 15:45:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2eb64ea437 tests: Module tests for common.c
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 12:20:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56a1180153 tests: Increase bitfield module test coverage
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 11:46:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
38ff21931d tests: Add module tests for base64
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-28 11:39:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f51f54a007 nl80211: Resubscribe to nl80211 events on global nl_event socket
This allows wpa_supplicant to recover from some of the cases where
cfg80211 is unloaded and reloaded without restarting wpa_supplicant. The
netlink socket used for nl80211 events (global->nl_event) seemed to end
up in otherwise functionality state, but with all the event memberships
lost when cfg80211 gets reloaded.

There does not seem to be any clear way of determining when this has
happened, so it looks simplest to just try to re-subscribe to all the
events whenever an interface is re-enabled or added.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 18:03:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
48ec6942cb Fix Linux packet socket workaround to not close the socket too easily
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') closed the workaround socket on the first
received EAPOL frame from the main packet socket. This can result in
closing the socket in cases where the kernel does not really work in the
expected way during the following initial association since
reauthentication/rekeying using EAPOL frames happens while operstate is
not dormant and as such, the frames can get delivered through the main
packet socket.

Fix this by closing the workaround socket only in case the first EAPOL
frame is received through the main packet socket. This case happens
while the interface is in dormant state and as such, is more likely to
show the more restricted case of kernel functionality.

In order to avoid processing the received EAPOL frames twice, verify a
checksum of the frame contents when receiving frames alternatively from
the main packet socket and the workaround socket.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 16:06:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d747e2a98 Add snr and est_throughput to the BSS entries
These values were previously used only for sorting the scan results, but
it may be useful to provide access to the used values through the BSS
entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 11:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1b790eb9d Select AP based on estimated maximum throughput
This modifies the BSS selection routines to calculate SNR and estimated
throughput for each scan result and then use the estimated throughput as
a criteria for sorting the results. This extends the earlier design by
taking into account higher throughput rates if both the AP and local
device supports HT20, HT40, or VHT80. In addition, the maximum rate is
restricted based on SNR.

In practice, this gives significantly higher probability of selecting
HT/VHT APs when there are multiple BSSes in the same ESS and SNR is not
low enough to prevent higher MCS use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-22 11:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abae2d1a3c trace: Initialize alloc_list even without os_program_init() call
This makes it somewhat easier to use CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y build with
external programs that might not be aware of the initialization
requirement, e.g., when linking wpa_ctrl.c with a program that does not
use the os_*() wrappers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-21 17:34:37 +02:00
Stefan Tomanek
891dfb3336 Add helper function to clear and free wpa_psk list
This change adds the function hostapd_config_clear_wpa_psk() that
deletes an entire wpa_psk structure, making sure to follow the linked
list and to free the allocated memory of each PSK node. This helps to
prevent memory leaks when using PSKs from multiple sources and
reconfiguring the AP during runtime.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
2015-02-21 17:11:15 +02:00
Eliad Peller
abb8d08b8a nl80211: Add support for configuring P2P GO CTWindow
Configure the GO CTWindow on APstart if the driver supports it and this
parameter is set in wpa_supplicant configuration.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Eliad Peller
0b8bcaa50f P2P: Allow configuring CTWindow when working as GO
Read p2p_go_ctwindow (0-127 TUs) from the config file, and pass it to
the driver on GO start.

Use p2p_go_ctwindow=0 (no CTWindow) by default.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
c77ffc6daf TDLS: Ignore extra padding in all packets
Some APs (e.g., Cisco 1260) sometimes add padding to the end of short
TDLS management packets and that can look like invalid IEs. This was
allowed on M3 and discovery packets, but not in others. Allow it for the
other packets as well, since required IEs are verified in the code
anyway.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
563ee1832b IBSS: Add support for VHT80 configuration
Configure VHT80 based on driver capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
ada157f3b0 Make hostapd_set_freq_params() common
Now this function can also be used from wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4d9e6fba2a IBSS: Add fixed_freq network parameter
Add fixed_freq=<0/1> network block parameter and pass it to the driver
when starting or joining an IBSS. If this flag is set, IBSS should not
try to look for other IBSS networks to merge with on different channels.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-02-21 16:07:53 +02:00
Romain Naour
97fc2dc612 Allow libnl-3.0 include path be specified
The '/usr/include/libnl3' header path is unsafe for cross-compilation.
Use pkg-config to find libnl-3.0 headers by default and alternatively,
allow LIBNL_INC=<path> to be used in .config to override.

Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@openwide.fr>
2015-02-21 11:36:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
58d405fcdb Fix OCSP debug messages
These were not supposed to include a newline at the end of the message
text since such formatting gets handled by tls_show_errors(). In
addition, change the message about the issuer's issuer to be more
accurate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-19 13:33:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
710dfb4e32 OpenSSL: Fix OCSP error path
If addition of a peer issuer certificate fails, the certs pointer would
be NULL when being passed to sk_X509_push() for peer issuer's issuer.
Fix this by skipping addition of issuer's issue if issuer addition
fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-19 13:32:05 +02:00
Subhani Shaik
bd7bb43784 HTTP: Fix OCSP error path
If addition of a peer issuer certificate fails, the certs pointer would
be NULL when being passed to sk_X509_push() for peer issuer's issuer.
Fix this by skipping addition of issuer's issue if issuer addition
fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-19 13:29:55 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
480994dafb nl80211: Allocate QCA vendor subcmds for DFS radar detected and CAC events
When DFS offloading capability is supported by the driver, the driver
should use these events to indicate when a radar pattern has been
detected, channel availability check (CAC) has been completed, aborted
or finished after the non-occupancy period is over on a DFS channel.

Also, add a new driver.h event to be used by NL80211 to indicate CAC
Started event on a DFS channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 16:51:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c165cb400c Drop all hostapd STA entries on interface disabled event
If the driver indicates that the interface has been disabled, assume
that all associations have been lost and remove the hostapd STA entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 10:31:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
106fa1e97e nl80211: Indicate interface-down event only for the main netdev
RTM_NEWLINK event without IFF_UP were processed for all related
interfaces (including VLANs and bridge). While these events may need to
be processed for other purposes, they should not end up claiming that
the main interface has been disabled, so indicate
EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED only if the ifname matches the first BSS ifname
for the interface. In addition, fix some of the ifup/down checks from
if_indextoname() cases to actually use the resolved ifname (namebuf)
rather than hardcoding the first configured ifname to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 10:31:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeb1cb28a2 VLAN: Clean up RTM_NEW/DELLINK processing
This uses couple of additional helper macros and prints more debug
information to make the VLAN events easier to analyze.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-11 10:31:12 +02:00
Peter Oh
47e5fbde44 hostapd: Avoid sending client probe on removed client
Sending client probe on already removed client from kernel driver does
not have any benefit and may lead unintended behavior among variable
drivers (mac80211 has a WARN_ON() that could have been triggered after
ifconfig down+up earlier when hostapd did not re-enable beaconing on
ifup). Skip this step in discussion when the kernel driver reports that
client entry is removed.

Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 22:21:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34782730c0 Re-configure WPA2 group keys on hostapd interface re-enable
This allows WPA2 mode AP to be re-enabled automatically after external
ifconfig down + up on a netdev used by hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 20:27:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f33c8606f4 Re-enable beaconing on interface disable+enable
This is a step towards enabling hostapd to restart AP mode functionality
if the interface is disabled and re-enabled, e.g., with ifconfig down
and up. This commit takes care of beaconining only which may be
sufficient for open mode connection, but not for WPA2 cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 20:27:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc99fab7e5 nl80211: Print a debug log entry on NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT failures
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 20:27:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d2f324d67 P2P: Fix send_action_in_progress clearing in corner cases
It is possible for an Action frame TX operation to be stopped in a way
that results in the TX status callback function not being called. This
could happen, e.g., when P2P_STOP_FIND was issued while waiting for PD
Response TX status. This specific case ended in leaving
p2p->send_action_in_progress set to 1 and that ending up stopping a
future TX operation when p2p_send_action_cb() gets called with
p2p->pending_action_state == P2P_NO_PENDING_ACTION.

This could result in reception of a fragmented service discovery
response failing due to the GAS sequence getting stopped when receiving
TX callback for the first GAS comeback request. That sequence could be
hit in mac80211_hwsim tests when p2p_listen_and_offchannel_tx was
followed by p2p_service_discovery_fragmentation (even after a long time
since this was on dev1 and there could be even 10 minutes between these
test cases).

Fix this issue by clearing send_action_in_progress whenever stopping
pending P2P operation with p2p_stop_find (or P2P_FLUSH for that matter).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-10 00:41:27 +02:00
Ahmad Kholaif
e0761c5b4a nl80211: Allocate QCA vendor subcmd for DFS CAC Start event
When DFS offloading capability is supported by the driver, the driver
should use this event to indicate when channel availability check (CAC)
is started on a DFS channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-09 18:48:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1db718b3ce nl80211: Test vendor command and event
This adds testing code (for CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds only) to
send an nl80211 vendor command and report a test vendor event in case
the driver supports this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-09 18:07:29 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c612ae97a4 AP: Do not reply to Probe Request frames with DS Params mismatch
Do not reply to a Probe Request frame with a DSSS Parameter Set element
in which the channel is different than the operating channel of the AP,
as the sending station is not found on the AP's operating channel.

IEEE Std 802.11-2012 describes this as a requirement for an AP with
dot11RadioMeasurementActivated set to true, but strictly speaking does
not allow such ignoring of Probe Request frames if
dot11RadioMeasurementActivated is false. Anyway, this can help reduce
number of unnecessary Probe Response frames for cases where the STA is
less likely to see them (Probe Request frame sent on a neighboring, but
partially overlapping, channel).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-02-08 22:49:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
99650cadc9 Add STOP_AP control interface command
This is mainly for testing purposes to allow beaconing to be stopped
without clearing AP state in hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 13:35:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b00512164 P2P: Add event messages for P2P_CONNECT-fallback-to-GO-Neg
This makes it easier for upper layer programs to follow progress of
P2P_CONNECT-auto operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-08 13:35:48 +02:00
Masashi Honma
79ddb2062e mesh: Add a monitor event on SAE authentication getting blocked
Send MESH-SAE-AUTH-BLOCKED event if SAE authentication is blocked. The
BLOCK state will finish when a new peer notification event is sent for
the same MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-02-07 22:33:23 +02:00
Masashi Honma
dd2cbafc89 mesh: Add a monitor event for SAE authentication failure
SAE authentication fails likely with wrong password. This commit adds a
notification of the failure to the upper application (UI) so that the
application can notify suspection of a wrong password to the user. The
control interface monitor even for this is "MESH-SAE-AUTH-FAILURE
addr=<peer>".

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-02-07 22:23:34 +02:00
Masashi Honma
0cb5f8d945 mesh: Fix inactivity timer for 32 bit system
Commit 5a2a6de6a5 ('mesh: Make inactivity
timer configurable') has a problem on 32 bit systems. Setting
NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT to 0xffffffff causes expiration of STA in
a minute by NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event. this is the kernel rule for
STA expiration:

(current jiffies) > (frame Rx jiffies + NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT * 250)

On a 32 bit system, the right side could overflow and be unexpected
small value if NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT is sufficiently large. STA
expiration occurs by this reason.

This patch solves the problem by disabling the STA expiration
functionality in mac80211. However, old kernel does not support
disabling it. If so, this patch sets mac80211 inactivity timer 60
seconds into future from the wpa_supplicant inactivity timer.

And I mis-understood that mesh_max_inactivity=0 disables inactivity
timer in wpa_supplicant. This commit fixes it also.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-02-07 22:20:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4fada1215d Fix HT40 co-ex scanning issue on hostapd error path
If HT40 co-ex scan fails due to the driver rejecting scan triggers
multiple times, it was possible for the ap_ht40_scan_retry() timeout
being left behind and it getting run after hapd->drv_priv has been
cleared. This would result in NULL pointer dereference in
driver_nl80211_scan.c. Fix this by canceling the timeout when disabling
the interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-07 15:37:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23ed011bea Fix Linux packat socket regression work around
Commit e6dd8196e5 ('Work around Linux
packet socket regression') added a mechanism to close the workaround
bridge socket in l2_packet_receive(). However, it did not take into
account the possibility of the l2->rx_callback() closing the l2_packet
socket altogether. This could result in use of freed memory when usin
RSN pre-authentication. Fix this by reordering the calls to clear the
workaround socket before calling the rx_callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-07 15:37:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d7eb4344f ACS: Accept channel if any (rather than all) survey results are valid
Previously, a channel with even a single scan/survey result missing
information was skipped in ACS. This may not be desirable in cases when
multiple scan iterations are used (which is the case by default in
hostapd). Instead, use all channels that provided at least one complete
set of results. Calculate the average interference factor as an average
of the iterations that did provide complete values.

This seems to help with some cases, e.g., when ath9k may not be able to
report the noise floor for all channels from the first scan iteration
immediately after the driver has been loaded, but then returns it for
all other scan iterations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-06 21:26:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68fa00c341 ACS: Allow specific channels to be preferred
The new acs_chan_bias configuration parameter is a space-separated list
of <channel>:<bias> pairs. It can be used to increase (or decrease) the
likelihood of a specific channel to be selected by the ACS algorithm.
The total interference factor for each channel gets multiplied by the
specified bias value before finding the channel with the lowest value.
In other words, values between 0.0 and 1.0 can be used to make a channel
more likely to be picked while values larger than 1.0 make the specified
channel less likely to be picked. This can be used, e.g., to prefer the
commonly used 2.4 GHz band channels 1, 6, and 11 (which is the default
behavior on 2.4 GHz band if no acs_chan_bias parameter is specified).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-06 17:59:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f41a25805 ACS: Use weighted average for 2.4 GHz adjacent channel interference
The interference factors for adjacent 2.4 GHz channels were summed
together without doing any kind of weighted average on them. This
resulted in the channels at the band edges getting undue preference due
to only including interference factors from three channels vs. five for
the channels in the middle of the band.

While it is somewhat unclear whether the design here was supposed to
count overlapping channels together in this way or whether that is
already covered in channel survey results, it is clear that this summing
of three to five values together and then comparing the sum rather than
average of some kind gives too much preference to the channels at the
edges of the band by assuming that there is no interference whatsoever
outside the band.

Use weighted average of the interference factors rather than a sum from
different number of values. For now, the adjacent 2.4 GHz channels get
weight of 0.85 (1.0 for the main channel itself) and the neighboring
channels to those adjacent ones get 0.55 weight. Band-edge channels are
handled in a way that takes average over the channels that were actually
considered instead of assuming zero interference from neighboring bands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-06 17:21:17 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
2c0efd9e49 P2P: Fix stopping on search after SD callback
If p2p_find_timeout triggers after starting SD but before getting TX
status for send action, unwanted search could get triggered again when
TX status arrives though p2p_find_timeout moved the state to P2P_IDLE by
then. p2p_continue_find() would then move the state to P2P_SEARCH again.
Do not trigger the find operation from this context if state is
P2P_IDLE to avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-04 20:46:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db3168d414 OpenSSL: Use SSL_cache_hit() when available
This is going to be required for OpenSSL 1.1.0 which makes the SSL
structure opaque. Older versions starting from OpenSSL 1.0.1 include
this function, so start using it now based on OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-04 02:04:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68ae4773a4 OpenSSL: Use library wrapper functions to access cert store
OpenSSL 0.9.8 and newer includes SSL_CTX_get_cert_store() and
SSL_CTX_set_cert_store() helper functions, so there is no need to
dereference the SSL_CTX pointer to cert ssl_ctx->cert_store. This helps
in working with the future OpenSSL 1.1.0 release that makes the SSL_CTX
structure opaque.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-04 01:58:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abe96d0605 P2P: Clean up Listen channel optimization debug prints
Do not claim to change the Listen channel in a debug message when
previously configured channel prevents this. In addition, fix a typo in
another related debug print.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 16:13:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d027c7b118 Fix 20/40 MHz co-ex report processing with obss_interval=0
If OBSS scan interval is not set, the AP must not schedule a timeout to
restore 40 MHz operation immediately after having moved to a 20 MHz
channel based on an unsolicited co-ex report. Fix this by scheduling the
timeout only if obss_interval is non-zero.

Since we do not currently support AP doing OBSS scans after the initial
BSS setup, this means practically that 40-to-20 MHz transition is
allowed, but 20-to-40 MHz is not with obss_interval=0. The latter gets
enabled if obss_interval is set to a non-zero value so that associated
STAs can take care of OBSS scanning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 12:29:37 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
ae2dd835be P2PS: Allow PD retry in SEARCH and LISTEN_ONLY also
p2p_timeout_prov_disc_req is getting triggered in P2P_IDLE,
P2P_SEARCH and P2P_LISTEN_ONLY states. Retry logic should not be
limited to only P2P_IDLE state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
0cf12b322d P2PS: Send P2P_FIND_STOPPED event during P2P SD also
During service discovery if P2P_FIND times out, P2P_FIND_STOPPED event
is sent to upper layers to allow follow up P2P_FIND commands. This needs
to be done also in case an SD was in progress during the find operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
9e96e46456 P2PS: PD Response processing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
ab8ee776b9 P2PS: Provision Discovery fail event
This extends P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE with adv_id and deferred_session_resp
in P2PS cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
1300cc8e8f P2PS: PD Request processing and PD Response building
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
5fefce2747 P2PS: Callback to send P2PS provisioning events
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
9a58e521ac P2PS: Callback to create pending group after sending PD Response
This introduces a P2P module callback function that will be used to
create the pending P2PS group after sending PD Response and receiving
ACK status for it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
895d94def9 P2PS: Callback to remove stale persistent groups
When the peer device is trying to form a new group despite having
old persistent group with same roles, remove the stale persistent
group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
6d9085145c P2PS: Process P2PS provisioning commands
This extends wpas_p2p_prov_disc() implementation to accept P2PS
parameters. None of the callers are yet using this functionality; the
following commit introduces a user.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
369678ad14 P2PS: Add P2PS attributes into PD Request if requested
This adds a data structure for storing P2PS PD information and code to
add the related attributes into PD Request. The actual operation to
trigger this behavior will be added in a separate commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:07 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
59fec34d9c P2PS: Allow p2p_build_ssid() to use pre-set SSID
This is needed to allow P2PS PD to prepare SSID for the group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
d4b43b5886 P2PS: Add support to send ASP-RESP events
Send P2P-SERV-ASP-RESP events upon receiving GAS responses with
ASP services.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
6df08d0341 P2PS: Logic to parse GAS requests for ASP services
Add support to parse received GAS requests for ASP services and
prepare GAS responses accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Brian Gix
095b3c4069 P2PS: Add Application Service Info to device found events
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Brian Gix
4660e73213 P2PS: Add Advertised Service Info into Probe Response frames
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
9e7321eea4 P2PS: Parse Probe Request frames for matching ASP hashes
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
ae9d45f329 P2PS: Extend add/del services logic to support ASP
In addition, add a new P2P_SERVICE_REP command that can be used to
replace existing ASP advertisements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-03 01:35:06 +02:00
Brian Gix
ea8e033e92 P2P: Allow p2p_get_group_num_members() to be called with NULL
This make it easier to use wpa_s->p2p_group without having to check
whether there is a group initialized on this wpa_s instance.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:45 +02:00
Brian Gix
4f88fc0464 P2PS: WPS changes needed for P2PS default PIN
This provides additional WPS definitions and rules for negotiating use
of P2PS default PIN configuration method.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:45 +02:00
Brian Gix
1a94b0adcc P2PS: Add service hash to Probe Request frames
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:45 +02:00
Brian Gix
5177509657 P2PS: Add option to specify seek strings into P2P_FIND
P2PS seek strings can now be specified in the P2P_FIND control interface
command with one or more optional "seek=<str>" parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 16:55:43 +02:00
Krishna Vamsi
5f18501f46 P2PS: Helper functions to build new P2P attributes
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:19 +02:00
Brian Gix
60d11488ff P2PS: Add parsing of new P2P attributes
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:19 +02:00
Brian Gix
b9348be18e P2PS: Add new P2P identifier assignments from P2P spec v1.5
These will be used for P2P Services.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:19 +02:00
Brian Gix
c3d6c71782 Add helper functions for escaping and unescaping UTF-8
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5e154c037 P2P: Add P2P state into p2p_send_action_cb() debug entry
This makes it easier to debug issues related to ongoing P2P operations
getting stopped due to Action frame exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-02-02 14:09:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f7bfba919 Add an option allow canned EAP-Success for wired IEEE 802.1X
For wired IEEE 802.1X authentication, phase1="allow_canned_success=1"
can now be used to configure a mode that allows EAP-Success (and
EAP-Failure) without going through authentication step. Some switches
use such sequence when forcing the port to be authorized/unauthorized or
as a fallback option if the authentication server is unreachable. By
default, wpa_supplicant discards such frames to protect against
potential attacks by rogue devices, but this option can be used to
disable that protection for cases where the server/authenticator does
not need to be authenticated.

When enabled, this mode allows EAP-Success/EAP-Failure as an immediate
response to EAPOL-Start (or even without EAPOL-Start) and EAP-Success is
also allowed immediately after EAP-Identity exchange (fallback case for
authenticator not being able to connect to authentication server).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-01 19:22:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49fcc32e91 EAP-MSCHAPv2 peer: Add option to disable password retry query
wpa_supplicant used to request user to re-enter username/password if the
server indicated that EAP-MSCHAPv2 (e.g., in PEAP Phase 2)
authentication failed (E=691), but retry is allowed (R=1). This is a
reasonable default behavior, but there may be cases where it is more
convenient to close the authentication session immediately rather than
wait for user to do something.

Add a new "mschapv2_retry=0" option to the phase2 field to allow the
retry behavior to be disabled. This will make wpa_supplicant abort
authentication attempt on E=691 regardless of whether the server allows
retry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-02-01 17:45:19 +02:00
Helmut Schaa
66bc6830d5 hostapd: Simplify vlan_add_dynamic error paths
Preparation for upcoming changes.
No functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
2015-02-01 11:06:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e6dd8196e5 Work around Linux packet socket regression
Linux kernel commit 576eb62598f10c8c7fd75703fe89010cdcfff596 ('bridge:
respect RFC2863 operational state') from 2012 introduced a regression
for using wpa_supplicant with EAPOL frames and a station interface in a
bridge. Since it does not look like this regression is going to get
fixed any time soon (it is already two years from that commit and over
1.5 from a discussion pointing out the regression), add a workaround in
wpa_supplicant to avoid this issue.

The wpa_supplicant workaround uses a secondary packet socket to capture
all frames (ETH_P_ALL) from the netdev that is in a bridge. This is
needed to avoid the kernel regression. However, this comes at the price
of more CPU load. Some of this is avoided with use of Linux socket
filter, but still, this is less efficient than a packet socket bound to
the specific EAPOL ethertype. The workaround gets disabled
automatically, if the main packet socket interface on the bridge
interface turns out to be working for RX (e.g., due to an old kernel
version being used or a new kernel version having a fix for the
regression). In addition, this workaround is only taken into use for the
special case of running wpa_supplicant with an interface in a bridge.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-31 17:21:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7650f9e7d8 Fix resource leaks on rsn_preauth_init() error paths
The l2_packet instances were not freed on some of the rsn_preauth_init()
error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-31 13:44:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a565e03086 dhcp_snoop: Make IPv4 addresses human readable in debug log
Use standard numbers-and-dots format for IPv4 in debug logs instead
of hexdump in two different byte orders.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-30 18:55:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2dd4f3aede Fix STA re-bind to another VLAN on reauthentication
Previously, the old VLAN ID could have been deleted before the STA was
bound to the new VLAN in case the RADIUS server changed the VLAN ID
during an association. This did not exactly work well with mac80211, so
reorder the operations in a way that first binds the STA to the new VLAN
ID and only after that, removes the old VLAN interface if no STAs remain
in it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-30 01:09:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1180dd66a9 WPA auth: Disconnect STA if MSK cannot be fetched
Previously, it was possible for some corner cases to leave the WPA
authenticator state machine running if PMK could not be derived. Change
this to forcefully disconnect the STA to get more consistent behavior
and faster notification of the error.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-29 22:31:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40aaa64f9f WPA auth: Clear temporary MSK storage from stack explicitly
This reduces the duration of time a key may remain unnecessarily in
memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-29 22:24:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01b481aff3 Convert couple of remaining printf to wpa_printf in ap_list
This type of error reporting cases should use wpa_printf() to get
consistent debug logging behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-29 21:12:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bfaefd5174 EAP-PEAP server: Fix Phase 2 TLV length in error case
The payload length in a Phase 2 TLV message reporting error was not set
correctly. Fix this to not include the TLVs that are included only in
success case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 16:15:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
467775c5ac tests: Pending EAP peer processing with VENDOR-TEST
This extends the VENDOR-TEST EAP method peer implementation to allow
pending processing case to be selected at run time. The
ap_wpa2_eap_vendor_test test case is similarly extended to include this
option as the second case for full coverage.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba4226130e Simplify eapol_sm_notify_pmkid_attempt()
Drop the unneeded 'attempt' argument. This was originally used for
indicating an aborted PMKID caching attempt, but a fix in 2006 removed
the only such user and since that time, only attempt == 1 has been used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
993a865407 Add eap_session_id to wpa_supplicant STATUS output
This makes the current EAP Session-Id available for external programs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f19c907822 OpenSSL: Implement aes_wrap() and aes_unwrap()
This replaces the implementation in aes-wrap.c and aes-unwrap.c with
OpenSSL AES_wrap_key() and AES_unwrap_key() functions when building
hostapd or wpa_supplicant with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fee31f76cd OpenSSL: Remove support for versions older than 0.9.8
These have reached out-of-life status in the OpenSSL project and there
is no need to maintain support for them in hostapd/wpa_supplicant
either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8bf3030af6 OpenSSL: Use a common helper function for HMAC
There is no need to duplicate this construction for each hash algorithm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
983c6a606b OpenSSL: Replace internal HMAC-MD5 implementation
Use OpenSSL HMAC_* functions to implement HMAC-MD5 instead of depending
on the src/crypto/md5.c implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-28 13:09:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa38860c5e nl80211: Fix build with libnl 1.1
Commit 630b3230c8 ('nl80211: Increase
netlink receive buffer size') added unconditional use of
nl_socket_set_buffer_size() which was not included in libnl 1.1. Fix use
of that old version by making this conditional on CONFIG_LIBNL20.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:50:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
399e61353a Add Suite B AKMs to key_mgmt capability list
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:43:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e3b5197cc Add Suite B 192-bit AKM
WPA-EAP-SUITE-B-192 can now be used to select 192-bit level Suite B into
use as the key management method.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:43:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97ae35a848 Add HMAC-SHA384
For now, this is only implemented with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:26:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98cd3d1c3b Preparations for variable length KCK and KEK
This modifies struct wpa_ptk to allow the length of KCK and KEK to be
stored. This is needed to allow longer keys to be used, e.g., with
Suite B 192-bit level.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-27 01:26:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30bff1d0f4 Extend AES-CMAC routines to support 256-bit keys
omac1_aes_256() and omac1_aes_vector() can now be used to perform
256-bit CMAC operations similarly to the previously supported 128-bit
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-24 19:37:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
86f9b1c706 nl80211: Fix default group key management index configuration
The correct nl80211 flag for group key management cipher was set only
for BIP (AES-CMAC-128). The same flag needs to be used with the newer
ciphers BIP-CMAC-256, BIP-GMAC-128, and BIP-GMAC-256.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-24 19:37:42 +02:00
Ben Greear
400de9b1fe hostapd: Debug messages for dodgy RADIUS servers
These were helpful when tracking down why hostapd did not work
properly with a RADIUS server.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2015-01-23 01:48:27 +02:00
Ola Olsson
bff162ac76 P2P: Fix NULL pointer dereference with SD query cancellation
A NULL pointer crash was caused by commit
7139cf4a4f ('P2P: Decrement
sd_pending_bcast_queries when sd returns'). p2p->sd_query can be cleared
to NULL whenever a query is cancelled, even in case the request had
already been transmitted. As such, need to be prepared for the query not
remaining when processing TX status callback for the frame.

Crashes on 2ee98 in following code
2ee90:       f7fc f8b6       bl      2b000 <p2p_dbg>
2ee94:       e02c            b.n     2eef0 <p2p_send_action_cb+0x348>
2ee96:       6c25            ldr     r5, [r4, #64]   ; 0x40
2ee98:       68ee            ldr     r6, [r5, #12]
2ee9a:       b166            cbz     r6, 2eeb6 <p2p_send_action_cb+0x30e>

Signed-off-by: Ola Olsson <ola.olsson@sonymobile.com>
2015-01-22 15:49:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
630b3230c8 nl80211: Increase netlink receive buffer size
libnl uses a pretty small buffer (32 kB that gets converted to 64 kB) by
default. It is possible to hit that limit in some cases where operations
are blocked, e.g., with a burst of Deauthentication frames to hostapd
and STA entry deletion. Try to increase the buffer to make this less
likely to occur.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-22 13:51:15 +02:00
ASHUTOSH NARAYAN
fb09ed3389 Interworking: Notify the ANQP parsing status
The ANQP verification/parsing is done only after the GAS_DONE indication
is sent over the control interface. This means that in case the ANQP
parsing fails there is no indication to the upper layers. Add an
ANQP-QUERY-DONE event that reports the status of the ANQP parsing.

Signed-off-by: ASHUTOSH NARAYAN <ashutoshx.narayan@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:26:21 +02:00
Haim Dreyfuss
b62b0cb78a WNM: Fix possible memory leak by free buf
Buf is allocated and may not be freed on an error path.

Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:14:19 +02:00
Ben
9bd0273931 EAP: Fix possible memory leak in eap_ttls_process_decrypted()
In case eap_peer_tls_encrypt() fails in eap_ttls_process_decrypted(),
free resp memory.

Signed-off-by: Ben Rosenfeld <ben.rosenfeld@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:13:15 +02:00
Haim Dreyfuss
b760e64276 eap_server: Avoid NULL pointer dereference in eap_fast_encrypt_phase2()
If TLS encryption fails, encr may be NULL and that would have resulted
in NULL pointer dereference..

Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:11:59 +02:00
Avraham Stern
948d3a8731 hostapd: Remove unused variable from hostapd_get_hw_features
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:10:33 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
414f23d8b9 Avoid NULL string in printf on EAP method names in authenticator
In ieee802_1x_decapsulate_radius(), eap_server_get_name() may return
NULL, and it could be dereferenced depending on printf implementation.
Change it to return "unknown" instead for the case of no matching EAP
method found. This makes it easier for the callers to simply print this
in logs (which is the only use for this function).

Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2015-01-20 02:07:22 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
7b7b4449a9 nl80211: Fix reading of the extended capabilities mask
We were copying the NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA attribute into the
extended_capa_mask element, which is incorrect. Use
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK instead.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2015-01-20 01:57:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6b46bfa751 WPS: Re-fix an interoperability issue with mixed mode and AP Settings
Commit ce7b56afab ('WPS: Fix an
interoperability issue with mixed mode and AP Settings') added code to
filter M7 Authentication/Encryption Type attributes into a single bit
value in mixed mode (WPA+WPA2) cases to work around issues with Windows
7. This workaround was lost in commit
d7a15d5953 ('WPS: Indicate current AP
settings in M7 in unconfigurated state') that fixed unconfigured state
values in AP Settings, but did not take into account the earlier
workaround for mixed mode.

Re-introduce filtering of Authentication/Encryption Type attributes for
M7 based on the current AP configuration. In other words, merge those
two earlier commits together to include both the earlier workaround the
newer fix.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-19 18:35:59 +02:00
Adrien Decostre
1648cc6427 ACS: Allow subset of channels to be configured
Add the possibility to define a subset of channels used by the ACS
engine when not operating on DFS channels.

Signed-off-by: Adrien Decostre <ad.decostre@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
95ff306988 nl80211: Allow HT/VHT to be disabled for IBSS
Allow HT/VHT overrides to be used for IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
7451a217be mesh: Return negative value on join failed
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5a2a6de6a5 mesh: Make inactivity timer configurable
Current mesh code uses ap_max_inactivity as inactivity timer. This patch
makes it configurable.

There is another mesh inactivity timer in mac80211. The timer works even
if user_mpm=1. So this patch sets the max value to the timer for
workaround.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
b9749bac81 AP: Expire STA without entry in kernel
If the inactivity check returns that there is no entry remaining for the
STA in the kernel, drop the STA in hostapd as well.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Masashi Honma
a114c7235a AP: Remove redundant condition for STA expiration
This condition is always true because of surrounding if.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d787f0242 Fix RADIUS client with out-of-memory and missing shared secret
It was possible for an out-of-memory code path to trigger NULL pointer
dereference when preparing a RADIUS accounting report.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-19 02:35:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cbc210de09 RADIUS DAS: Allow PMKSA cache entry to be removed without association
This extends Disconnect-Request processing to check against PMKSA cache
entries if no active session (STA association) match the request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-16 15:55:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e871ed1c3 RADIUS DAS: Support Acct-Multi-Session-Id as a session identifier
This extends Disconnect-Request support for an additiona session
identification attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-16 13:09:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b52c0d453f Add authMultiSessionId into hostapd STA info
dot1xAuthSessionId was previously used to make Acct-Session-Id available
through the control interface. While there is no IEEE 802.1X MIB
variable for Acct-Multi-Session-Id, it is useful to make this value
available as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-16 13:07:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
861beb7269 RADIUS DAS: Check for single session match for Disconnect-Request
Previously, the first matching STA was picked. That is not really the
design in RFC 5176, so extend this matching code to go through all
specified session identification attributes and verify that all of them
match. In addition, check for a possible case of multiple sessions
matching. If such a case is detected, return with Disconnect-NAK and
Error-Code 508 (multiple session selection not supported).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-16 12:50:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fef85c7c5 nl80211: Fix AP-scan-in-STA-mode error path behavior
If a second scan trigger attempt fails in STA mode, the error path was
supposed to restore the old mode that was in use before changing to STA
mode. However, wpa_driver_nl80211_set_mode() changes drv->nlmode on
success, so the recovery path needs to use the saved old_mode value
instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-15 00:59:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cebee30f31 Add domain_match network profile parameter
This is similar with domain_suffix_match, but required a full match of
the domain name rather than allowing suffix match (subdomains) or
wildcard certificates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-14 15:45:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d07d3fbda2 Add peer certificate alt subject name information to EAP events
A new "CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-ALT depth=<i> <alt name>" event is now used
to provide information about server certificate chain alternative
subject names for upper layers, e.g., to make it easier to configure
constraints on the server certificate. For example:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-ALT depth=0 DNS:server.example.com

Currently, this includes DNS, EMAIL, and URI components from the
certificates. Similar information is priovided to D-Bus Certification
signal in the new altsubject argument which is a string array of these
items.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-14 15:45:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd5f902584 Get rid of a compiler warning
Commit e7d0e97bdb ('hostapd: Add vendor
specific VHT extension for the 2.4 GHz band') resulted in a compiler
warning regarding comparison between signed and unsigned integers at
least for 32-bit builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-14 01:38:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d29fa3a767 Extend VENDOR_ELEM parameters to cover non-P2P Association Request
The new VENDOR_ELEM value 13 can now be used to add a vendor element
into all (Re)Association Request frames, not just for P2P use cases like
the previous item was for.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-14 01:12:56 +02:00
Yanbo Li
e7d0e97bdb hostapd: Add vendor specific VHT extension for the 2.4 GHz band
This allows vendor specific information element to be used to advertise
support for VHT on 2.4 GHz band. In practice, this is used to enable use
of 256 QAM rates (VHT-MCS 8 and 9) on 2.4 GHz band.

This functionality is disabled by default, but can be enabled with
vendor_vht=1 parameter in hostapd.conf if the driver advertises support
for VHT on either 2.4 or 5 GHz bands.

Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qti.qualcomm.com>
2015-01-14 00:59:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e7f1c7980 GnuTLS: Add TLS event callbacks for chain success/failure and peer cert
This makes GnuTLS events match the ones provided when OpenSSL is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0eb2ed067f GnuTLS: Add support for OCSP stapling as a client
This allows ocsp=2 to be used with wpa_supplicant when built with GnuTLS
to request TLS status extension (OCSP stapling) to be used to validate
server certificate validity.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0e1bb94b91 GnuTLS: Verify that server certificate EKU is valid for a server
The server certificate will be rejected if it includes any EKU and none
of the listed EKUs is either TLS Web Server Authentication or ANY.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4d1f5cb33 GnuTLS: Fix tls_disable_time_checks=1 processing
Certificate expiration is checked both within GnuTLS and in the
tls_gnutls.c implementation. The former was configured to use the
request to ignore time checks while the latter was not. Complete support
for this parameter by ignoring the internal expiration checks if
requested.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
594d1fc084 GnuTLS: Add support for private_key and client_cert as blobs
This allows private key and client certificate to be configured using
wpa_supplicant blobs instead of external files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79b1dd9aad GnuTLS: Fix DER encoding certificate parsing
It looks like GnuTLS may return success on
gnutls_certificate_set_x509_*() functions with GNUTLS_X509_FMT_PEM even
when trying to read DER encoded information. Reverse the order of
parsing attempts so that we start with DER and then move to PEM if
GnuTLS reports failure on DER parsing. This seems to be more reliable
way of getting errors reported and both cases can now be handled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1068bdb90c tests: Fix crypto module test build without EAP-FAST
Skip the EAP-FAST specific test cases if wpa_supplicant build is
configured not to include EAP-FAST support.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a16514516b Add "GET tls_library" to provide information on TLS library and version
This new wpa_supplicant and hostapd control interface command can be
used to determine which TLS library is used in the build and what is the
version of that library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c3bb84b415 GnuTLS: Add event callbacks
This allows wpa_supplicant to provide more information about peer
certificate validation results to upper layers similarly to the
mechanism used with OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8ddcd6b9d4 GnuTLS: Add support for domain_suffix_match
This implementation uses GnuTLS function
gnutls_x509_crt_check_hostname(). It has a bit different rules regarding
matching (allows wildcards in some cases, but does not use suffix
matching) compared to the internal implementation used with OpenSSL.
However, these rules are sufficiently close to each other to be of
reasonable use for most cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bc13bf709 GnuTLS: Check for any unknown verification failure
After having checked all known GNUTLS_CERT_* error cases that we care
about, check that no other errors have been indicated by
gnutls_certificate_verify_peers2() as a reason to reject negotiation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e0d431a515 GnuTLS: Add more debug prints for version and session status
Make the debug output more useful for determining whuch version of
GnuTLS was used and what was negotiated for the session.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65ec7f4c12 GnuTLS: Move peer certificate validation into callback function
GnuTLS 2.10.0 added gnutls_certificate_set_verify_function() that can be
used to move peer certificate validation to an earlier point in the
handshake. Use that to get similar validation behavior to what was done
with OpenSSL, i.e., reject the handshake immediately after receiving the
peer certificate rather than at the completion of handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:19:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c8245798f GnuTLS: Remove support for versions older than 2.12.x
GnuTLS project has marked 2.12.x obsolete since January 2014. There is
not much need for maintaining support for obsolete versions of the
library, so drop all #if/#endif blocks targeting 2.x.y versions. In
practice, none of these were requiring 2.12.x version with x greater
than 0, so 2.12.x remains supported for now.

In addition, add newer version (GnuTLS 3.0.18 and newer) to fetch client
and server random from the session since the old method is not supported
by new GnuTLS versions and as such, gets removed with rest of the old
ifdef blocks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-12 00:18:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1d63f6aea GnuTLS: Remove old version number checks for 1.3.2
No one should be using GnuTLS versions older than 1.3.2 from 2006
anymore, so remove these unnecessary #if/#endif checks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 11:13:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae0a23a0ca GnuTLS: Remove GNUTLS_INTERNAL_STRUCTURE_HACK
This was needed with very old GnuTLS versions, but has not been needed,
or used, since GnuTLS 1.3.2 which was released in 2006. As such, there
is no need to maintain this code anymore and it is better to just clean
the source code by removing all the related code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 11:11:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db4cf40b92 GnuTLS: Add support for ca_cert as a blob
This allows GnuTLS to be used with trusted CA certificate from
wpa_supplicant blob rather than an external certificate file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 01:49:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
224104ddf6 TLS: Reject openssl_ciphers parameter in non-OpenSSL cases
This TLS configuration parameter is explicitly for OpenSSL. Instead of
ignoring it silently, reject any configuration trying to use it in
builds that use other options for TLS implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 01:35:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6dbbef9603 Define host_to_le32() for Windows builds
This define had been forgotten at some point in time and wpa_supplicant
compilation for Windows failed with some recently added code that
depended on this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d28e46a6c Fix os_win32 build
Addition of os_memcmp_const() in commit
afc3c8b07f had forgotten to include
common.h into os_win32.c to get u8 defined.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b402479bf Remove Network Security Service (NSS) support
NSS as a TLS/crypto library alternative was never completed and this
barely functional code does not even build with the current NSS version.
Taken into account that there has not been much interest in working on
this crypto wrapper over the years, it is better to just remove this
code rather than try to get it into somewhat more functional state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d16694761a schannel: Reject subject_match, altsubject_match, suffix_match
Validation of these parameters has not been implemented with schannel.
Instead of ignoring them silently, reject the configuration to avoid
giving incorrect impression of the parameters being used if
wpa_supplicant is built with schannel instead of the default OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:58:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59051f8ecf TLS: Reject subject_match, altsubject_match, suffix_match
Validation of these parameters has not been implemented in the internal
TLS implementation. Instead of ignoring them silently, reject the
configuration to avoid giving incorrect impression of the parameters
being used if wpa_supplicant is built with the internal TLS
implementation instead of the default OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:37:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f8717ac8b3 GnuTLS: Reject subject_match, altsubject_match, suffix_match
Validation of these parameters has not been implemented with GnuTLS.
Instead of ignoring them silently, reject the configuration to avoid
giving incorrect impression of the parameters being used if
wpa_supplicant is built with GnuTLS instead of the default OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:33:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e24aef10cf Fix a typo in domain_suffix_match documentation
Spell SubjectName correctly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:27:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
394b54732e Improve subject_match and domain_suffix_match documentation
These were already covered in both README-HS20 for credentials and in
header files for developers' documentation, but the copy in
wpa_supplicant.conf did not include all the details. In addition, add a
clearer note pointing at subject_match not being suitable for suffix
matching domain names; domain_suffix_match must be used for that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-11 00:27:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a42a076aa trace: Fix out-of-memory testing logic
data.function needs to be set for the return value to be of any use and
strcmp won't work with NULL pointer either. (CID 99907)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Stefan Tomanek
79cd993a62 Add address masks to BSSID lists
In many applications it is useful not just to enumerate a group of well
known access points, but to use a address/mask notation to match an
entire set of addresses (ca:ff:ee:00:00:00/ff:ff:ff:00:00:00).

This change expands the data structures used by MAC lists to include a
mask indicating the significant (non-masked) portions of an address and
extends the list parser to recognize mask suffixes.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21c74e8462 nl80211: Use a helper function to put mesh_id
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
85e1fad8a5 nl80211: Use a helper function for putting beacon interval
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6dfc55723d Remove mesh_ht_mode network block parameter
There should not be a mesh-specific mechanism for setting up channel
parameters since that will just result in duplicated code. IBSS, mesh,
and AP mode can use the same data structures and parameters for setting
up such parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7e889fa2d mesh: Convert channel configuration to use common routines
Use struct hostapd_freq_params just like other modes do instead of
mesh-specific freq and ht_mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fc4ab2367 nl80211: Move debug prints into nl80211_put_freq_params()
This way all callers can get the benefit of the same debug prints.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cae87abd13 nl80211: Add a helper function for putting basic rates
There is no need for maintaining two more or less identical copies of
this functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
a828f626af Make check_40mhz_2g4 common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
fdd989d17a Make check_20mhz_bss common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
0e550fe496 Make check_40mhz_5g common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
6d5d098f77 Make get_pri_sec_chan() common
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
514427437a Introduce common allowed_ht40_channel_pair()
This can be used from hostapd/wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
5f10b7f498 Use common hw_get_freq/hw_get_chan helpers in hostapd
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
269dfe232b Introduce common hw features
Introduce wpa_supplicant/hostapd hw features.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
1830817ece IBSS: Add WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS
Add WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS driver feature flag. Some drivers could not
set this feature and next could fail when we will enable HT support for
IBSS with error message: nl80211: Join IBSS failed: ret=-22 (Invalid
argument).

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:53 +02:00
Bob Copeland
f3b8ad4d78 SAE: Implement retransmission timer
Add the t0 retransmission timer as specified by IEEE Std 802.11-2012,
11.3.8.4. This makes SAE much more likely to succeed in the case of lost
frames.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-01-10 17:35:52 +02:00
Bob Copeland
a206e2a175 SAE: Centralize function for sending initial COMMIT
When performing SAE authentication in mesh, one station may
initiate authentication by sending a COMMIT as soon as a peer
candidate is discovered. Previously we did this in mesh_rsn.c,
but this left some of the state initialization in a different
part of the code from the rest of the state machine, and we may
need to add other initializations here in the future, so move
that to a more central function.

Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2015-01-10 11:43:29 +02:00
Imre Vadasz
28c91ee124 bsd: Fix parsing of ieee80211req_scan_result on FreeBSD and DragonFly
On FreeBSD and DragonFly BSD, we additionally need to skip the
isr_meshid_len bytes of the MESH ID, to get the correct address for
copying the IE data.

The isr_meshid_len field was added in the FreeBSD svn revision r195618
in 2009, so I don't think we need to check the FreeBSD version here.

Signed-off-by: Imre Vadász <imre@vdsz.com>
2015-01-10 11:43:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
27d9701dea Fix a memory leak on WPA authenticator error path
wpa_auth->group needs to be freed if PMK cache setup fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-08 02:34:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1c07dcb70 Fix hostapd interface addition error path
The local conf pointer needs to be cleared once it gets assigned to
hapd_iface to avoid double-free of the configuration data on error path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-08 02:34:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a156ffda61 Add support for testing memory allocation failures
The new control interface command TEST_ALLOC_FAIL and GET_ALLOC_FAIL can
now be used to trigger memory allocation failures for testing purposes.
TEST_ALLOC_FAIL sets a failure conditions with
<count>:func[;func][;func]... string and GET_ALLOC_FAIL returns the
current state using the same format. Whenever an allocation is made with
a matching backtrace of calling functions, the count is decremented by
one and once zero is reached, the allocation is forced to fail.

Function names can be prefixed with either '=' or '?' to get different
matching behavior. '=' requires this specific function to be the next
one in the backtrace (i.e., do not skip any other functions in the list
which is the default behavior). '?' allows the function to be optionally
present in the backtrace.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
52a80583ba TDLS: Fix an interface addition error path
It is possible for wpa_tdls_teardown_peers() to be called with sm ==
NULL in case interface addition fails before the WPA state machine is
initialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-07 13:19:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d2e2d5d63 trace: Fix compiler warning on 32-bit builds with bfd support
With CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD, the type cast from void* to integer was
generating a compiler warning due to the target integer being larger in
size in case of 32-bit builds. Type case to bfd_hostptr_t instead of
directly to bfd_vma to avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9f6560f38 eloop: Fix WPA_TRACE tracking in case of realloc failure
The socket reference tracking entries need to be restored in case
os_realloc_array() fails when adding a new eloop socket.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e10422c025 Fix memory leak on hostapd BSS addition error path
The per-BSS configuration information needs to be freed if hostapd fails
to add a new interface for a BSS added with "ADD bss_config=..."
command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2801659268 Fix hostapd initialization error path on allocation failure
If hostapd_alloc_bss_data() failed to allocate the struct hostapd_data
instance, dynamic interface addition path ended up trying to dereference
freed memory due to incorrect cleanup steps. Fix this by decrementing
the interface count when the newly added interface is removed. In
addition, make the setup more robust by clearing all changes within
hostapd_data_alloc() if any of the allocations fails.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d58ade2121 nl80211: Fix compilation with libnl 1.1 and 2.0
Unfortunately, libnl 3.0 has changed the API in a way that is not
backwards compatible by renaming nlmsg_len() to nlmsg_datalen() without
leaving the older nlmsg_len() defined. As such, there does not seem to
be any clean way of using this function without breaking the build with
some libnl versions. For now, replace this call with direct calculation
of the data length since it can be done with a simple one-liner that
compiles with all libnl versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 18:30:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
51f3427019 crypto: Clear temporary stack buffers after use
This reduces possibility of exposure of private keys should something
get access to stack memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 02:49:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
77a2c3941e crypto: Clear temporary heap allocations before freeing
This reduces the time private keys may remain in heap memory after use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-06 02:49:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a15a7fcf69 DH: Clear memory explicitly on private key deinit
Remove any DH private key from heap memory after use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 18:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
77c45e2b35 Add wpabuf_clear_free() to allow clearing of freed memory
This can be useful when a wpabuf is used to store private data that
should not be left in heap after use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 18:02:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59be78ef93 tests: Move SHA256 test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:34:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4b462a0226 tests: Move SHA1 test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:29:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a90c7d91a0 OpenSSL: Fix pbkdf2_sha1() wrapper
This was supposed to use the iterations parameter from the caller
instead of the hardcoded 4096. In practice, this did not have problems
for normal uses since that 4096 value was used in all cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:27:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
896e1b836f tests: Move MD5 test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:12:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88fc0dca98 tests: Move ms_funcs test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 17:05:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c0ff9f9a3 tests: Add some of the AES ECB mode test cases from CAVS 11.1
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:57:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1244408401 tests: Move AES key wrap/unwrap test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:35:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
477f83131f tests: Move AES-CBC test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:28:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e438fb0d3a tests: Move AES-128 EAX mode test cases into hwsim framework
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:24:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6c33962dd1 tests: Additional OMAC1-AES module test coverage
This verifies couple of corner cases with short vector entries in the
OMAC1-AES implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:15:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
304d40e904 tests: Move OMAC1-AES test cases into hwsim module tests
This makes sure the test cases are executed automatically with rest of
the hwsim tests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 16:02:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
942b75468d tests: Add module tests for AES-SIV
This moves the AES-SIV test case from tests/test-aes.c to be part of
wpa_supplicant module testing framework with a new
src/crypto/crypto_module_tests.c component. In addition, the second test
vector from RFC 5297 is also included for additional coverage.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 15:50:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f6ebbcf62a AES-SIV: Make aes_s2v() static
This function is not used outside aes-siv.c. In addition, include the
aes_siv.h header to make sure that functions get declared consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 15:22:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dcf8fbc058 nl80211: Simplify event processing error paths
These are practically unreachable code since cfg80211 fills in the
required attributes or does not send the event. Keep the checks in
place, but minimize the extra code in wpa_supplicant/hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 13:40:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
38751d8bd5 nl80211: Remove cfg80211 state mismatch workaround for authentication
cfg80211 dropped support for tracking BSS authentication state and
setting NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED in 'cfg80211: stop tracking
authenticated state' three years ago (starting in Linux 3.4). As such,
this workaround code in wpa_supplicant cannot be reached anymore. There
is no real need for maintaining it for older kernels either, since there
are other ways of detecting and working around state mismatches with the
actual authentication operations failing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 12:21:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64ae244763 nl80211: Check support for rekey offload on first use
While there is no explicit driver capability advertisement for this in
nl80211, the EOPNOTSUPP response can be interpreted as a clear
indication of NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD not being supported. Check
for that and don't try to offload keys again if the driver has not use
for them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-05 12:00:09 +02:00
Ilan Peer
86056fea63 nl80211: Handle MAC address randomization in scan/sched_scan
1. Process supported driver capabilities.
2. Populate scan request with MAC address randomization data

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-04 23:06:31 +02:00
Ilan Peer
ff23ed221d driver: Add definitions for MAC address randomization in scan
1. Add parameters to the scan command to allow MAC address
   randomization during scan and scheduled scan.
2. Add capability bits to publish MAC address randomization support
   in scan and scheduled scan.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2015-01-04 21:46:38 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
72b2605f15 nl80211: Pass TDLS channel-switch start/stop params to kernel
The kernel-driver/firmware are responsible for performing periodic
switches to the target channel with the given peer. Propagate all TDLS
channel switching related information to kernel.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 21:46:37 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
6b90deae4d TDLS: Propagate enable/disable channel-switch commands to driver
The supplicant code does not try to control the actual channel of the
radio at any point. It simply passes the target peer and channel
parameters to the driver. It's the driver's responsibility to
periodically initiate TDLS channel-switch operations when TDLS
channel-switching is enabled.

Allow enable/disable operations to be invoked via the control interface.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 20:30:11 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
d9d3b78c67 TDLS: Track TDLS channel switch prohibition in BSS
Mark an appropriate sm flag when TDLS switch is prohibited by the AP.
Populate the flag upon association with the AP.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:59:31 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
4daa572925 TDLS: Add channel-switch capability flag
Propagate a driver TDLS channel-switch support bit from nl80211 to
TDLS code.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:59:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ca16586afe Sync with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2014-11-26.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-04 18:59:31 +02:00
Avraham Stern
730a0d16bf nl80211: Always register management frames handler
If registering WMM-AC ADDTS response action frame or WMM-AC DELTS
action frame fails, the management frame handler is not being
registered. This results with a segmentation fault when trying to
unsubscribe the handler when the interface is removed.
Fix it by always registering the handler and just returning a negative
value to note that the action frame could not be registered.

This fixes an issue introduced in the commit
dfa8787833 ('nl80211: Implement
add_ts/del_ts ops').

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2015-01-04 18:28:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e8f31e2ef doc: Extend driver.h documentation
This documents some more parts of the driver wrapper interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-03 18:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bbd89bfca0 nl80211: Clear nlmsg payload with keys before freeing
This reduces the time possible keys could remain in heap memory. Couple
of the nl80211 messages include keys (TK for normal ciphers and
KCK/KEK/PMK for various offloading cases).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-03 01:15:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2535da879 nl80211: Note linux_set_iface_flags() failure in debug log
There was one final remaining linux_set_iface_flags() call that did not
check the result. This specific one does not really matter much, but
anyway, be more consistent by checking the result and log any error in
debug log. (CID 74146)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:56:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8509fb5cce D-Bus: Fix memory leak on P2P GO WPSVendorExtensions
It was possible to add WPS vendor extensions through the D-Bus
WPSVendorExtensions setter, but these extensions were not freed when the
P2P GO was stopped or when replacing previously configured extensions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-30 22:22:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e70bbf1c6 SAE: Clear keys from memory on disassociation
There is no need to keep temporary keys in memory beyond the end of the
association, so explicitly clear any SAE buffers that can contain keys
as soon as such keys are not needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 20:00:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fbfc974c6c Clear GTK from memory as soon as it is not needed anymore
It was possible for the decrypted EAPOL-Key Key Data field to remain in
heap after the temporary buffer was freed. Explicitly clear that buffer
before freeing it to minimize the time GTK remains in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d711541dc Clear TK part of PTK after driver key configuration
There is no need for wpa_supplicant to maintain a copy of the TK part of
PTK after this has been configured to the driver, so clear that from
heap memory and only maintain KEK and KCK during association to allow
additional EAPOL-Key handshakes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7193254456 Clear temporary keys from WPA supplicant state machine when not needed
PMK and PTK are not needed in the supplicant state machine after
disassociation since core wpa_supplicant will reconfigure them for the
next association. As such, clear these from heap in
wpa_sm_notify_disassoc() to reduce time and number of places storing key
material in memory. In addition, clear FT keys in case of
CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y build (sm->xxkey stored a copy of PSK in case of
FT-PSK).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Paul Stewart
de27bc7673 hostapd: Set stdout line-buffered
If hostapd will use stdout for debugging, set stdout to be line
buffered in case its output is redirected to a file. This allows
incremental output to be viewed immediately instead of at the file
buffering interval.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
a642a52b17 OpenSSL: Do not require a PIN for PKCS#11
It isn't mandatory. If we need one and it's not present, the ENGINE will
try asking for it. Make sure it doesn't actually let an OpenSSL UI loose,
since we don't currently capture those.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
96955192b3 OpenSSL: Automatically enable PKCS#11 engine where it's needed
It needs to be available to ENGINE_by_id(), which in my case means it
needs to be /usr/lib64/openssl/engines/libpkcs11.so. But that's a system
packaging issue. If it isn't there, it will fail gracefully enough with:

ENGINE: engine pkcs11 not available [error:25066067:DSO support routines:DLFCN_LOAD:could not load the shared library]
TLS: Failed to set TLS connection parameters
EAP-TLS: Failed to initialize SSL.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
ddda627618 OpenSSL: Load dynamic ENGINE unconditionally
This means that if the PKCS#11 engine is installed in the right place
in the system, it'll automatically be invoked by ENGINE_by_id("pkcs11")
later, and things work without explictly configuring pkcs11_engine_path.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
01b0d1d5c1 OpenSSL: Automatically handle PKCS#11 URIs in private_key, ca/client_cert
If these start with "pkcs11:" then they are PKCS#11 URIs. These Just Work
in the normal private_key/ca_cert/client_cert configuration fields when
built with GnuTLS; make it work that way with OpenSSL too.

(Yes, you still need to explicitly set engine=1 and point to the engine,
but I'll work on that next...)

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
3d268b8d19 OpenSSL: Do not require private key to come from PKCS#11
There's no reason I shouldn't be able to use PKCS#11 for just the CA cert,
or even the client cert, while the private key is still from a file.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
David Woodhouse
5c8ab0d49c OpenSSL: Allow pkcs11_module_path to be NULL
New versions of engine_pkcs11 will automatically use the system's
p11-kit-proxy.so to make the globally-configured PKCS#11 tokens available
by default. So invoking the engine without an explicit module path is
not an error.

Older engines will fail but gracefully enough, so although it's still an
error in that case there's no need for us to catch it for ourselves.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
010fa245bd Add QUIET=1 option for make
This can be used to reduce verbosity for build messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49e3eea8d9 Avoid -Wshadow warnings from older gcc versions
It looks like gcc 4.8.2 would warn about these with -Wshadow, but 4.6.3
did.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-26 13:21:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a193231dfb Clean up debug prints to use wpa_printf()
This converts most of the remaining perror() and printf() calls from
hostapd and wpa_supplicant to use wpa_printf().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-26 13:20:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cad9b88be2 Fix CONFIG_OS=none build
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff013b94ca Fix CONFIG_OS=internal build
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
David Woodhouse
7d9286d3e7 Support private_key_passwd for GnuTLS (3.1.11+)
It's possible to jump through hoops to support it in older versions too,
but that seems a little unnecessary at this point.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cbe23ffd6d GnuTLS: Get rid of warnings about deprecated typedef names
'_t' suffix for gnutls_session and gnutls_transport_ptr was added in
GnuTLS 1.1.11 over ten years ago and the more recent versions of GnuTLS
have started forcing compiler warnings from the old names. Move to the
new names and don't bother about backwards compatibility with older
versions taken into account how long ago this change happened in GnuTLS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36f0cf3774 privsep: Fix compilation due to associate() parameter updates
struct wpa_driver_associate_params moved to using struct
hostapd_freq_params instead of just frequency. Need to update wpa_priv
to do same.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eae3df7ee4 P2P: Fix memory leak on GO startup failure path
Some of the struct hostapd_data variables get initialized with allocated
memory in the P2P GO case even before hapd->started has been set to 1.
As such, hostapd_free_hapd_data() needs to free these even if
!hapd->stated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
40e7639600 nl80211: Check if_indextoname() return value for bridge events
It would be at least theoretically possible for the bridge netdev to
have disappeared at the time hostapd processes the RTM newlink/dellink
message. As such, it is better to verify that if_indextoname() actually
returned success before printing the bridge ifname in debug. In
addition, there is not much point trying to add the bridge ifindex into
the list of own ifindexes in case the interface has already been
removed, so skip that part as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-23 19:43:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a322496f9 mesh: Delay Authentication frame process with no_auto_peer
There is a possible race condition between receiving the
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event and the Authentication frame from the peer.
Previously, if the Authentication frame RX event was indicated first,
that frame got dropped silently. Now, this frame is still dropped, but a
copy of it is stored and the frame gets processed on the following
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event if that is received for the same peer within
two seconds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-23 13:44:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0acc2c809d HT: More robust 20/40 coex Action frame parsing
Commit 587d60d2b7 ('Add AP mode support
for HT 20/40 co-ex Action frame') added processing of co-ex report, but
did not include proper bounds checking or IE type checking for the
payload. Furthermore, this was not ready for the possible extensibility
of the 20/40 BSS Coexistence element.

Fix these by checking IE ids for both elements and doing more
apprioriate bounds checking for the element lengths to avoid potentially
reading beyond the frame buffer. Though, the event receive buffer in
both libnl and driver_nl80211_monitor.c is sufficiently large to make it
very unlikely that the maximum read of about 260 bytes beyond the end of
the Action frame would really have any chances of hitting the end of the
memory buffer, so the practical effect of missing bounds checking would
have been possibly accepting an invalid report frame and moving to 20
MHz channel unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 21:54:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a32ad66da HT: Fix 20/40 coex Action frame parsing
Commit 5ce3ae4c8f tried to clean up
fetching a pointer to the action code field, but it forgot to add
IEEE80211_HDRLEN to the pointer. This resulted in the coex report
elements being read from too early in the frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 20:41:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce20a3702c nl80211: Remove practically unused process_drv_event()
This was used in the past, but all the event processing is now either
through process_global_event() or process_bss_event().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 16:12:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4b4093686b mesh: Make maximum number of peer links configurable
Maximum number of peer links is maximum number of connecting mesh peers
at the same time. This value is 0..255 based on the
dot11MeshNumberOfPeerings range.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:52:31 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9c58c5f72c mesh: Make beacon interval configurable
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:38:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
422ba11e30 Flush WPS registrar state on wpa_supplicant FLUSH command
This helps hwsim test cases by avoiding undesired state from previously
executed test cases affecting following tests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 17:47:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8779ac8a67 EAP-IKEv2: Fix a typo in a debug message
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 13:19:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bb68a6e3cc EAP-IKEv2 peer: Fix fragmentation reassembly
ret->ignore needs to be cleared to FALSE when sending fragment ack
message to avoid ignoring the fragment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 00:48:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e5c1ec32f EAP-IKEv2: Add explicit limit for maximum message length
This avoids accepting unnecessarily large memory allocations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 00:25:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ef8e39fa7 nl80211: Fix interface-in-different-bridge case
The local ifindex list needs to be updated only if the current bridge
interface is the correct one. If hostapd is going to move the interface
to another bridge, the old bridge ifindex must not be added. In
addition, when removing the bridge interface on deinit, it may need to
be set down to allow bridge removal.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 21:00:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
666e508ccf nl80211: Fix cfg80211 workaround for IBSS join
The interface was incorrectly changed to station mode between the two
IBSS join requests and that made the second attempt fail. Remove that
undesired mode clearing from this special case of IBSS leave sequence.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 19:35:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13a3a20dfe Fix wpa_key_mgmt and wpa_pairwise configuration for non-WPA
These hostapd configuration parameter was left at the default values
(WPA-PSK/TKIP) even for cases where WPA was disabled. While these
parameters are not really used much in non-WPA cases, they do get used
for one corner case in nl80211 configuration to disable encryption of
EAPOL frames in IEEE 802.1X WEP case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 18:44:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
533fe09b78 nl80211: Fix no-encrypt for IEEE 802.1X WEP EAPOL
Commit 9f12614b8c ('nl80211: Do not
encrypt IEEE 802.1X WEP EAPOL') tried to use
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT to disable encryption of EAPOL
frames for WEP IEEE 802.1X. However, it used incorrect key management
suite (IEEE 802.1X with WPA/WPA2 while the non-WPA version is needed
here). Consequently, the no-encrypt flag was never set to the driver
(WPA/WPA2 cases do not meet the WEP as pairwise criteria).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 17:35:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1033315fbe nl80211: Remove send_and_recv_msgs_global() wrapper
There was only a single user for this and calling send_and_recv()
directly is as simple as using this wrapper.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 15:45:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bdf5ccb264 nl80211: Remove unnecessary function declarations
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-20 15:37:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afa2ffb413 SAE: Check Status Code in Authentication frames
While other authentication algorithms mark Status Code as being Reserved
in the case of the transaction number 1, SAE does not. Check that the
Status Code indicates success before creating SAE state. In addition,
fix the mesh anti-clogging token request parsing on big endian CPUs.

Transaction number 2 (confirm) can also have non-zero Status Code to
report an error. Those should be processed, but not replied to with yet
another error message. This could happen in mesh case. Avoid a loop of
error messages by dropping the non-success case without additional
response.

In addition, don't reply to unknown transaction numbers if the status
code is non-zero. This avoids a loop of error messages if an invalid
frame where to be injected (or unlikely corruption were to occur).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-15 00:06:56 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5b78493f3b mesh: Add mesh interface creation command for mesh gate
The mesh gate is used to bridge (or route) between mesh network and
another network. For example, mesh gate acts as router between mesh
network and IEEE 802.11 BSS network.

This command makes a virtual mesh interface to be used for mesh gate.

This command expects to be used like this.

wpa_cli -i wlan0 MESH_INTERFACE_ADD ifname=mesh0
wpa_cli -i mesh0 add_network
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 ssid '"commell_2X_mmm"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 mode 5
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 frequency 2412
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 key_mgmt SAE
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 psk '"01234567"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 mesh_group_add 0
wpa_cli -i wlan0 mesh_group_remove mesh0

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 23:27:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd0b620371 SAE: Add sae_group to AP/mesh mode STA ctrl_iface data
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 20:14:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7781da6b2b Remove unused find_first_bit()
This was used only for the VHT capability checks for determining bit
offset for right shift. That was replaced with a constant defines since
there is no need to calculate this at runtime.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 19:01:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ae52e7034 Clean up VHT configuration validation
There is no need to use runtime call to find_first_bit() to determine
shift amount for a constant integer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 19:00:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0f33467a5 Clean up VHT override max A-MPDU override calculation
There is no need to use runtime call to find_first_bit() to determine
shift amount for a constant integer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 18:48:59 +02:00
Jörg Krause
33c7eb810a wext: Fix musl build error
Building wpa_supplicant with the musl C library fails since musl does
not define type names such as '__uint32_t'. To support building
wpa_supplicant with the musl C library use the integer types declared in
the ISO C standard header file <stdint.h>.

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <jkrause@posteo.de>
2014-12-14 18:05:32 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
7c4027f604 nl80211: Report new station / assoc event for the correct BSS
drv->ctx always points to the first BSS and we should report event using
BSS related to the interface we got NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION from.
This fixes STA association for drivers using NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION and
multiple virtual interfaces.

Before:
nl80211: Drv Event 19 (NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) received for wlan0-1 (ifindex:7)
nl80211: New station 02:00:00:00:01:00
wlan0: STA 02:00:00:00:01:00 IEEE 802.11: associated

After:
nl80211: Drv Event 19 (NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) received for wlan0-1 (ifindex:7)
nl80211: New station 02:00:00:00:01:00
wlan0-1: STA 02:00:00:00:01:00 IEEE 802.11: associated

This is not applicable to the cases where authentication (AP SME & MLME)
is in hostapd and hostapd_assoc_cb() instead of hostapd_notif_assoc()
handles BSS selection.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 17:29:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce460118a8 ERP: Drop ERP keys on failure on the peer
This allows recovery through fallback to full EAP authentication if the
server rejects us, e.g., due to having dropped ERP state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 15:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c6411edd0 ERP: Add ERP_FLUSH for hostapd
This can be used to drop any pending ERP key from both the internal AP
authentication server and RADIUS server use of hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 15:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a0a34d536e nl80211: Add rrm_flags to STATUS-DRIVER
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-12 21:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0629eeb490 RRM: Add AP mode minimal advertisement support for testing
The new hostapd.conf radio_measurements parameter can now be used to
configure a test build to advertise support for radio measurements with
neighbor report enabled. There is no real functionality that would
actually process the request, i.e., this only for the purpose of minimal
STA side testing for now.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-12 20:45:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
774d414513 Fix AP IE in EAPOL-Key 3/4 for WPA + FT combination
Previously, only WPA + WPA2 was covered. If FT is enabled in addition to
WPA, MDIE is included in the buffer between RSN and WPA elements. The
previous version ended up leaving only the MDIE after having skipped RSN
element. Fix this to skip MDIE as well to leave only WPA IE regardless
of whether FT is enabled in AP configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-12 14:03:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
72c5c289fb Add text names for number of the key_mgmt values
This completes STATUS command key_mgmt output for the missing values,
like SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-12 13:40:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2961bfa8e1 Remove unused send_eapol() driver op
The send_eapol() callback was used by driver_test.c, but with that
removed, there is no remaining users of the alternative EAPOL frame
transmitting mechanism in wpa_supplicant, i.e., all remaining driver
interfaces use l2_packet instead. Remove the send_eapol() to get rid of
unused code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-11 15:40:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6a31a31da1 OpenSSL: Simplify EAP-FAST peer workaround
Commit d4913c585e ('OpenSSL: Fix EAP-FAST
peer regression') introduced a workaround to use a new SSL_CTX instance
set for TLSv1_method() when using EAP-FAST. While that works, it is
unnecessarily complex since there is not really a need to use a separate
SSL_CTX to be able to do that. Instead, simply use SSL_set_ssl_method()
to update the ssl_method for the SSL instance. In practice, this commit
reverts most of the tls_openssl.c changes from that earlier commit and
adds that single call into tls_connection_set_params() based on EAP-FAST
flag.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 23:55:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b90d064f1a Add tls_session_reused=<0/1> into EAP peer TLS status
This can be used to determine whether the last TLS-based EAP
authentication instance re-used a previous session (e.g., TLS session
resumption or EAP-FAST session ticket).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 23:41:09 +02:00
Chet Lanctot
15badebd47 nl80211: Add QCA vendor specific query of device/driver features
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command that allows interrogation of
the vendor-specific features supported by the device/driver. Currently
the only defined feature is the ability to offload key management.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-09 21:08:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4913c585e OpenSSL: Fix EAP-FAST peer regression
Commit 35efa2479f ('OpenSSL: Allow TLS
v1.1 and v1.2 to be negotiated by default') changed from using
TLSv1_method() to SSLv23_method() to allow negotiation of TLS v1.0,
v1.1, and v1.2.

Unfortunately, it looks like EAP-FAST does not work with this due to
OpenSSL not allowing ClientHello extensions to be configured with
SSL_set_session_ticket_ext() when SSLv23_method() is used. Work around
this regression by initiating a separate SSL_CTX instance for EAP-FAST
phase 1 needs with TLSv1_method() while leaving all other EAP cases
using TLS to work with the new default that allows v1.1 and v1.2 to be
negotiated. This is not ideal and will hopefully get fixed in the future
with a new OpenSSL method, but until that time, this can be used allow
other methods use newer TLS versions while still allowing EAP-FAST to be
used even if it remains to be constraint to TLS v1.0 only.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 16:57:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1f5bcb96f TLS: Add new cipher suites to tls_get_cipher()
This fixes EAP-FAST server side issues for anonymous provisioning when
using the internal TLS implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 16:57:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c25addb156 OpenSSL: Remove support for the old EAP-FAST interface
Commit f5fa824e9a ('Update OpenSSL 0.9.8
patch for EAP-FAST support') changed the OpenSSL 0.9.8 patch to support
the new API that was introduced in OpenSSL 1.0.0 for EAP-FAST. As such,
there should be no valid users of the old API anymore and tls_openssl.c
can be cleaned up to use only the new API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 16:57:05 +02:00
Xiaofei Shen
f68e86a4d6 MACsec: Update protect frames and replay on reauthentication
Some cases like ifconfig down/up may require MACsec restart. To make
sure the appropriate protect frames and replay parameters get configured
in cases where the interface was down, set these parameters from KaY
configuration to the driver before creating a new transmit SC. This
allows MACsec functionality to recover automatically on such restart.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-09 16:56:10 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
36b5c3335a P2P: Check Invitation Response dialog token match for resend case
Commit ac330cfd87 ('P2P: Reinvite with
social operation channel if no common channels') introduced a mechamisn
to reinvite a peer during a persistent group reinvocation from a GO with
a different operating channel proposal. This mechanism can fail if the
inviting device (GO) ends up getting a retransmitted, duplicated
Invitation Response frame processed second time while waiting for the
response to the retried Invitation Request (using one of the social
channels as the operating channel). IEEE 802.11 duplicate frame
detection mechanisms are supposed to prevent this type of sequence, but
not all drivers support those rules properly for pre-association frames,
including P2P Public Action frames.

Work around this issue by checking that the dialog token in the
Invitation Response frame matches the one from the last Invitation
Request if the special invitation retry mechanism is used. This is safer
to do now than to enable dialog token matching for all invitation cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-09 16:26:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f90dfd2cd nl80211: Add frame control and sequence control field in RX frame debug
This makes it easier to debug issues related to duplicated management
frames on receive path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-09 01:19:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bd7195466 nl80211: Try to unmask 11b rates again on next connection request
It is possible for unmasking of 11b rates to fail if a P2P group is
terminated while the netdev is down (e.g., due to rfkill block). This
could result in the 11b TX rates being left masked for non-P2P
operations. This would be particularly unfortunate for channel 14 use
since OFDM rates are not allowed on channel 14 and only OFDM rates were
configured P2P. This issue showed up, e.g., when running hwsim test case
rfkill_autogo followed by ap_wps_conf_chan14.

It may be possible to allow the failed operation in cfg80211/mac80211,
but it looks better to work around this on wpa_supplicant side as well.
Try to unmask the 11b rates again on the next connection request if the
rate unmasking operation had failed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-08 16:10:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e208481b5 nl80211: Add more debug prints for 11b rate disabling and re-enabling
This makes it easier to debug issues related to TX rate masking for P2P
use cases (and unmasking for non-P2P).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-08 16:01:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aaadd72733 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - more checks
Add more os_snprintf() result validation checks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f102d3bb0 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - manual
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() for cases that were note covered by spatch and
semantic patches.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bdd8981f7 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 2
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the comparison was 'res > size' instead of
'res >= size'. These changes were done automatically with spatch using
the following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || \( E1 > E3 \| (size_t) E1 > E3 \| E1 > (int) E3 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d85e1fc8a5 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 1
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the exact rule used in os_snprintf_error() was
used. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || \( E1 >= E3 \| (size_t) E1 >= E3 \| (unsigned int) E1 >= E3 \| E1 >= (int) E3 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a80ba67a26 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - success case
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() in cases where success condition was used to execute
a step. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@

  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 >= 0 \| E1 > 0 \) && \( (size_t) E1 < E3 \| E1 < (int) E3 \| E1 < E3 \))
+ if (!os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
  S1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9aaacbb50 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - maximum length
This adds verification of os_snprintf() result against the maximum
buffer length. These changes were done automatically with spatch
using the following semantic patch:

@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@

  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 < 0 \| E1 <= 0 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0047306bc9 Add os_snprintf_error() helper
This can be used to check os_snprintf() return value more consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89b48f7b95 Use os_zalloc() instead of os_malloc() and os_memset()
Automatically updated with spatch and the following semantic patch:

@@
expression X;
expression E1;
statement S;
@@

- X = os_malloc(E1);
+ X = os_zalloc(E1);
(
  if (X == NULL) {
	...
  }
- os_memset(X, 0, E1);
|
  if (X == NULL)
	S
- os_memset(X, 0, E1);
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
faebdeaa9e Use os_calloc() instead of os_zalloc()
Automatic changes with spatch using the following semantic patch:

@@
constant C;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc(C*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(C,sizeof(T))

@@
expression E;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc((E)*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(E,sizeof(T))

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
80d5a3db9a WPS: Start EAPOL immediately even without WPA on WPS association
Previously, the immediate EAPOL authenticator startup was scheduled
without having received EAPOL-Start only for the case where WPA/WPA2 was
enabled. This can be extended to speed up non-WPA/WPA2 cases as well if
the STA includes WPS IE in Association Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff1dd3e9a1 base64: Try to avoid static analyzer warning (part 2)
Shift right on unsigned char limits the value to 0..63 which is within
bounds for base64_table[]. Anyway, some static analyzers do not seem to
understand that. See if an otherwise unnecessary masking gets rid of
false warnings. (CID 62858)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:07:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cdbc0baac6 base64: Try to avoid static analyzer warning
Shift right on unsigned char limits the value to 0..63 which is within
bounds for base64_table[]. Anyway, some static analyzers do not seem to
understand that. See if an otherwise unnecessary masking gets rid of
false warnings. (CID 62858)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 19:26:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d04364104 TLS: Reorder length bounds checking to avoid static analyzer warning
For some reason, "pos + len > end" is not clear enough, but "len > end -
pos" is recognized. Use that to get rid of a false positive from a
static analyzer (CID 72697).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 18:36:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41f480005f EAP-SIM DB: Make recv() null termination easier for static analyzers
For some reason, the previous version was not understood to be null
terminating the buffer from recv(). It was doing this fine, though. Try
to use a bit more simpler design in hopes of getting static analyzers to
understand this. (CID 72702)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 18:35:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8105821b39 Replace send_ft_action() driver_op with send_action()
This reduced number of unnecessarily duplicated driver interface
callback functions for sending Action frames by using the more generic
send_action() instead of FT specific send_ft_action().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 18:13:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
477af8f869 nl80211: Move scanning related functionality to a separate file
This helps in making the still overly large driver_nl80211.c somewhat
more manageable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:59:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71f1d1e54d hostapd: Fix memory leak on dynamic add-BSS error path
If "ADD bss_config=" command failed in driver_init() or
hostapd_setup_interface(), some of the allocated resources were not
freed properly.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:42:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f63614f18 nl80211: Clean up nl80211_scan_common() to use nl80211_cmd_msg()
This helper function had not used the nl80211_set_iface_id() helper, but
there is no reason why it couldn't re-use the same helper as other
places using nl80211_cmd_msg().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:18:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95376e1a99 nl80211: Use nl80211_iface_msg() helper
Use the helper function to replace places that use nlmsg_alloc(),
nl80211_cmd(), and ifindex.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:18:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13f83980f0 nl80211: Use nl80211_bss_msg() helper
Use the helper function to replace places that use nlmsg_alloc(),
nl80211_cmd(), and either bss->ifindex or if_nametoindex(bss->ifname).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:18:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a3249fdfb8 nl80211: Use nl80211_cmd_msg() for P2P Device operations
bss->wdev_id_set is set for the non-detdev P2P Device, so
nl80211_cmd_msg() can be used as-is for these cases as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:17:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9725b78421 nl80211: Use nl80211_drv_msg() helper
Use the helper function to replace places that use nlmsg_alloc(),
nl80211_cmd(), and drv->ifindex.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 17:17:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
350acc354d nl80211: Move nl80211_set_iface_id() next its only remaining user
This function was in a bit strange location between struct family_data
and family_handler() definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 16:41:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56f77852e5 nl80211: Use the new nl80211_cmd_msg() helper
This removes duplicated code for building nl80211 commands for a BSS.
This commit handles the functions that were already using
nl80211_set_iface_id().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 16:41:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07c7757cb1 nl80211: Add nl80211_*_msg() helpers
These new functions can be used to both allocate and build a header for
most nl80211 commands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 16:41:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a862e4a38f nl80211: Continue getting rid of NLA_PUT* macro use
This gets rid of more NLA_PUT* macro uses in nl80211 to reduce the
number of functions that depend on the hidden behavior of jumping to the
nla_put_failure label.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:50:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9589a91e0e nl80211: Get rid of NLA_PUT* macro use in capability checking
This gets rid of NLA_PUT* macro use in checking nl80211 capabilities to
reduce the number of functions that depend on the hidden behavior of
jumping to the nla_put_failure label.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:18:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f27f1644a8 PCSC: Make AID copying easier for static analyzers
Use a separate pointer and length field instead of trying to copy from a
struct field that has only part of the full buffer available.
(CID 68115)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c397eff828 Make GTK length validation easier to analyze
Bounds checking for gd->gtk_len in wpa_supplicant_check_group_cipher()
was apparently too complex for some static analyzers. Use a local
variable and a more explicit validation step to avoid false report.
(CID 62864)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
369d07afc1 FT: Make aes_wrap() call easier to analyze
Using aes_wrap() to initialize a data structure seemed to be too much
for some static analyzers to understand. Make it obvious that the target
is not just the single struct member. (CID 68111)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7696760388 FT: Make aes_unwrap() calls easier to analyze
Using aes_unwrap() to initialize a data structure seemed to be too much
for some static analyzers to understand. Make it obvious that the target
is initialized and that the target is not just the single struct member.
In addition, clean up the design to avoid removal of const with a
typecast. (CID 68112, CID 68134, CID 68135, CID 68136)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6306bcc92 P2P: Split p2p_channels_union() into two functions
The separate p2p_channels_union_inplace() makes the function easier for
static analyzers to see that the result buffer is always initialized.
(CID 74494)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 12:16:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5085ffb8f8 hostapd: Fix HT40 determination for ACS offload
Commit 16689c7cfc ('hostapd: Allow ACS to
be offloaded to the driver') used incorrect operator to determine
whether HT40 was configured. Fix that to mask the ht_capab bit
correctly. (CID 77286)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-05 01:08:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56b352ec58 ERP: Avoid a static analyzer warning on uninitialized emsk_len
This was not really a real issue since bin_clear_free() would not use
the emsk_len argument when emsk is NULL as it would be on the path where
emsk_len has not been initilized. Anyway, it is better to get rid of the
warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-05 00:33:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65d9a5e254 ERP: Add wpa_supplicant ERP_FLUSH ctrl_iface command
This can be used to flush all the ERP keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02a8d45ace ERP: Add support for ERP on EAP peer
Derive rRK and rIK on EAP peer if ERP is enabled. The new wpa_supplicant
network configuration parameter erp=1 can now be used to configure the
EAP peer to derive EMSK, rRK, and rIK at the successful completion of an
EAP authentication method. This functionality is not included in the
default build and can be enabled with CONFIG_ERP=y.

If EAP authenticator indicates support for re-authentication protocol,
initiate this with EAP-Initiate/Re-auth and complete protocol when
receiving EAP-Finish/Re-auth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3bddd8b84 ERP: Add support for ERP on EAP server and authenticator
Derive rRK and rIK on EAP server if ERP is enabled and use these keys to
allow EAP re-authentication to be used and to derive rMSK.

The new hostapd configuration parameter eap_server_erp=1 can now be used
to configure the integrated EAP server to derive EMSK, rRK, and rIK at
the successful completion of an EAP authentication method. This
functionality is not included in the default build and can be enabled
with CONFIG_ERP=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e2ee327b19 ERP: Add TV/TLV parser
This is needed for ERP implementation on both the server/authenticator
and peer side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:08:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0087061de7 ERP: Add HMAC-SHA256 KDF (RFC 5295)
This is needed for ERP key derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:08:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a5156a66c ERP: Add optional EAP-Initiate/Re-auth-Start transmission
hostapd can now be configured to transmit EAP-Initiate/Re-auth-Start
before EAP-Request/Identity to try to initiate ERP. This is disabled by
default and can be enabled with erp_send_reauth_start=1 and optional
erp_reauth_start_domain=<domain>.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:08:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19e2b3b6ba ERP: Add defines for EAP Re-Authentication Protocol
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 00:58:14 +02:00
Jithu Jance
0d4e3d1d13 nl80211: Ignore Connect failure for the previous association
Suppose there are two APs (AP1 & AP2) and user attempted to connect to
AP2 before the previous connection with AP1 could succeed. Now, if the
connection event comes for the older AP with failed status, we should
just ignore it as the wpa_supplicant state has moved to "ASSOCIATING"
with the new AP (AP2).

This is a similar to the case where a disconnection event is ignored for
a case where local disconnect request can cause the extra event to show
up during the next association process following that command.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-12-04 00:34:08 +02:00
Peng Xu
16689c7cfc hostapd: Allow ACS to be offloaded to the driver
Using QCA vendor command, allow ACS function to be offloaded to the
driver. Once channels are selected, hostapd is notified to perform OBSS
operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-03 22:31:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
994d6f4629 Add a name for an assigned QCA nl80211 vendor subcmd
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-02 23:36:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e48635cfb0 Rename QCA nl80211 vendor subcmds to match AOSP names
This makes the enum vendor_subcmds definitions more consistent with the
names used in Android.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-02 16:20:35 +02:00
Vivek Natarajan
b685e2aab7 atheros: Cleanup atheros_raw_receive to process all management frames
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qti.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-02 16:20:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
92e3c0b14c EAP-PAX: Derive EAP Session-Id
This adds EAP-PAX server and peer method functions for deriving
Session-Id from Method-Id per RFC 4746 and RFC 5247.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-01 01:46:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7bec9e7b2 EAP-TTLS: Add support for deriving EMSK
This extends EAP-TTLS server and peer implementations to support EMSK
derivation per RFC 5281.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-01 01:28:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9429bee4cc EAP-TLS server: Clear temporary buffer during EMSK derivation
Now that EMSK derivation is taken into use with ERP, it is better to
make sure the temporary MSK + EMSK buffer does not get left in heap
after use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-01 01:28:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f89dd732 EAP server: Add getSessionId
This extends EAP server implementation to derive Session-Id similarly to
the existing EAP peer implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d68f74c5ff EAP peer: Clean up TLS Session-Id derivation function
The comment about library not supporting Session-Id derivation was not
accurate and there is no need to check for master key that is not used
as part of derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a11409c00 Fix omac1_aes_128_vector() not to read beyond addr/len array
Previously, it was possible for the loop through the data components to
increment addr/len index at the last position beyond the declared size.
This resulted in reading beyond those arrays. The read values were not
used and as such, this was unlikely to cause noticeable issues, but
anyway, memory checkers can detect this and the correct behavior is to
stop increments before going beyond the arrays since no more bytes will
be processed after this anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
631739b361 Clear WLAN_STA_ASSOC_REQ_OK on AP-initiated deauthentication
This flag was left in the STA entry for the short duration after the STA
gets deauthenticated. If the STA sends a Class 2 or 3 frame during that
short time, the AP would not have replied with Deauthentication frame
indicating no association is present.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-29 13:31:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0ecff8d7c3 Add hostapd driver_params config parameter
This is mainly for development testing purposes to allow driver_nl80211
behavior to be modified.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-29 13:24:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebd557288c Remove forgotten driver_test.c variables
hostapd was still providing couple of parameters that were used only in
the already removed driver_test.c framework.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-29 12:49:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd26031b4b wext: Fix non-WPA/WPA2 connection with extra IEs
The associate() handler was not prepared for params->wpa_ie containing
some other IEs than WPA/RSN IE and ended up configuring security policy
incorrectly for open networks if such IEs were present. Fix this by
using wpa_proto parameter instead of IEs to determine security policy
for driver configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 23:02:30 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d306df7919 wext: Add very basic status command support
Just to make the test framework happy, it uses the driver
status command to obtain the interface MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-28 23:02:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3c02cfdb3a proxyarp: Do not limit NDISC snoop packet size to 150
The RA, NS, and NA packets may be longer, so do not arbitrarily limit
the packet socket capture size to 150 bytes in the socket filter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:41:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bcb132e185 proxyarp: Validate IPv4 header total length value in dhcp_snoop
This field needs to be validated in addition to validating the total
length of the received frame to avoid reading beyond the frame buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:41:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c5043b42c proxyarp: Relax frame length limit for RA and NA
Only the NS frames should be checked to be long enough to cover all the
fields used in the NS data structure. This allows shorter RA and NA
frames to be processed for multicast-to-unicast rules.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:37:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef3ea80c68 proxyarp: Fix x_snoop multicast-to-unicast debug print
l2_packet_send() returns >= 0 on success, i.e., non-zero value does not
mean failure. Fix this debug print to show up only on negative return
values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:37:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89052e9952 proxyarp: Add debug log entry on multicast-to-unicast conversion
This makes it easier to debug operations. The debug message is marked
EXCESSIVE, though, to avoid filling the logs with too much information
in default debugging cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:37:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df131d4597 proxyarp: Try multicast-to-unicast conversion only for authorized STAs
There is no point in trying to send the unicast converted version to a
STA that is not in authorized state since the driver would be expected
to drop normal TX Data frames in such state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 22:36:56 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
ac330cfd87 P2P: Reinvite with social operation channel if no common channels
If invitation to reinvoke a persistent group from the GO fails with the
peer indicating that there are no common channels, there is no defined
means for the peer to indicate which channel could have worked. Since
this type of issue with available channels changing over time can
happen, try to work around this by retrying invitation using one of the
social channels as the operating channel unless a specific operating
channel was forced for the group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 17:55:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f33c82d23e nl80211: Change iftype to station on leaving mesh
This is needed to make following operations behave as expected since
mesh iftypes may prevent various operations (e.g., registering Probe
Request frame RX). Use same design as leave_ibss does to handle this
consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 17:12:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a94120ea9 nl80211: Clear ignore_if_down_event if interface is up
It was possible for the ignore_if_down_event flag to remain set in some
cases where interface mode change required the interface to be set down
temporarily. If that happened, the following rfkill interface down could
have been ignored and device could have been left trying to scan or
connect (which would all fail due to the interface beign down). Clean
this up by clearing the ignore_if_down_event flag on the interface down
event regardless of whether the interface is up at the time this event
is processed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 14:59:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8997613c90 nl80211: Fix br_ifindex storing when hostapd creates the bridge
Commit 6c6678e7a4 ('nl80211: Make
br_ifindex available in i802_bss') did not cover the case where
i802_check_bridge() ends up creating the bridge interface. That left
bss->br_ifindex zero and prevented neighbor addition. Extend that
functionality to update br_ifindex once the bridge netdev has been
added.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-26 01:16:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6b4ee217a proxyarp: Print learned IPv6 address in debug log
This makes it easier to debug issues related to IPv6 address snooping.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-26 01:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7fb5ea463 proxyarp: Fix DHCP and ND message structures
These need to be marked packed to avoid issues with compilers
potentially adding padding between the fields (e.g., gcc on 64-bit
seemed to make struct icmpv6_ndmsg two octets too long which broke IPv6
address discovery).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-26 01:09:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a437378f98 proxyarp: Use C library header files and CONFIG_IPV6
This replaces the use of Linux kernel header files (linux/ip.h,
linux/udp.h, linux/ipv6.h, and linux/icmpv6.h) with equivalent header
files from C library. In addition, ndisc_snoop.c is now built
conditionally on CONFIG_IPV6=y so that it is easier to handle hostapd
builds with toolchains that do not support IPv6 even if Hotspot 2.0 is
enabled in the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-25 16:58:21 +02:00
Masashi Honma
a959a3b69d SAE: Fix Anti-Clogging Token request frame format
This commit inserts Finite Cyclic Group to Anti-Clogging Token request
frame because IEEE Std 802.11-2012, Table 8-29 says "Finite Cyclic Group
is present if Status is zero or 76".

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-25 16:08:53 +02:00
Masashi Honma
872b754512 mesh: Fix SAE anti-clogging functionality for mesh
The mesh anti-clogging functionality is implemented partially. This
patch fixes to parse anti-clogging request frame and use anti-clogging
token.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-25 15:33:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
649c0a6974 WPA: Use more explicit WPA/RSN selector count validation
Some static analyzers had problems understanding "left < count * len"
(CID 62855, CID 62856), so convert this to equivalent "count > left /
len" (len here is fixed to 4, so this can be done efficiently).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
adf96fb66b WPS: Add explicit message length limit of 50000 bytes
Previously, this was implicitly limited by the 16-bit length field to
65535. This resulted in unhelpful static analyzer warnings (CID 62868).
Add an explicit (but pretty arbitrary) limit of 50000 bytes to avoid
this. The actual WSC messages are significantly shorter in practice, but
there is no specific protocol limit, so 50000 is as good as any limit to
use here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c6787a6ca PeerKey: Clean up EAPOL-Key Key Data processing on AP
This extends the earlier PeerKey station side design to be used on the
AP side as well by passing pointer and already validated length from the
caller rather than parsing the length again from the frame buffer. This
avoids false warnings from static analyzer (CID 62870, CID 62871,
CID 62872).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d36f416926 EAP-IKEv2: Make proposal_len validation clearer
Some static analyzers seem to have issues understanding "pos +
proposal_len > end" style validation, so convert this to "proposal_len >
end - pos" to make this more obvious to be bounds checking for
proposal_len. (CID 62874)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4de71cec5 EAP-FAST: Make PAC file A_ID parser easier to analyze
Some static analyzers seem to have issues with "pos + len > end"
validation (CID 62875), so convert this to "len > end - pos" to make it
more obvious that len is validated against its bounds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
364182a80f EAP-FAST: Clean up binary PAC file parser validation steps
This was too difficult for some static analyzers (CID 62876). In
addition, the pac_info_len assignment should really have explicitly
validated that there is room for the two octet length field instead of
trusting the following validation step to handle both this and the
actual pac_info_len bounds checking.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
002a2495be radiotap: Initialize all members in ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init()
_next_ns_data could look like it would be used uninitialized in
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() to static analyzers. Avoid
unnecessary reports by explicitly initializing all variables in struct
ieee80211_radiotap_iterator. (CID 62878)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3e94937fa4 P2P: Make p2p_parse_p2p_ie() validation steps easier to analyze
Validation was fine, but a bit too complex for some static analyzers to
understand. (CID 68125)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
46a0352589 Use more explicit num_pmkid validation in RSN IE parsing
Static analyzers may not have understood the bounds checking on
data->num_pmkid. Use a local, temporary variable and validate that that
value is within length limits before assining this to data->num_pmkid to
make this clearer. (CID 62857, CID 68126)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7306bcb59 PCSC: Use clearer file TLV length validation step
This makes it easier for static analyzer to confirm that the length
field bounds are checked. WPA_GET_BE16() is also used instead of
explicit byte-swapping operations in this file. (CID 68129)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 18:37:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76874379d3 TLS client: Check DH parameters using a local variable
Use a temporary, local variable to check the DH parameters received from
the server before assigning the length to the struct tlsv1_client
variables. This will hopefully make it easier for static analyzers to
figure out that there is bounds checking for the value. (CID 72699)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 17:48:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b81e274cdf RADIUS client: Print a clear debug log entry if socket is not available
It could have been possible to select a socket that is not open
(sel_sock == -1) and try to use that in socket operations. This would
fail with potentially confusing error messages. Make this clearer by
printing a clear debug log entry on socket not being available.
(CID 72696)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 17:41:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f931374f30 IKEv2: Use a bit clearer payload header validation step
It looks like the "pos + plen > end" case was not clear enough for a
static analyzer to figure out that plen was being verified to not go
beyond the buffer. (CID 72687)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 16:37:16 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
70d1e72849 wpa_supplicant: Handle link measurement requests
Send link measurement response when a request is received. Advertise
only RCPI, computing it from the RSSI of the request. The TX power field
is left to be filled by the driver. All other fields are not published.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:45:07 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
7dc0338806 nl80211: Register Link Measurement Request Action frame
Add link measurement request to registration of Action frames to be
handled by wpa_supplicant if the driver supports TX power value
insertation.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:38:30 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
f4b8bfae15 wpa_supplicant: Add NEIGHBOR_REP_REQUEST command to the control interface
Add NEIGHBOR_REP_REQUEST command to the wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface.
This command triggers the sending of a Neighbor Report Request to the
associated AP.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:28:52 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
d89c0701db wpa_supplicant: Add support for Neighbor Report
Add the ability to send a Neighbor Report Request (part of
RRM). Requester is then notified once the report arrives.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:23:14 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
2526ccd95a nl80211: Register Neighbor Report Response Action frame
Add Neighbor Report Response Action frame to registration of Action
frames to be handled by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:16:25 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
b361d580ec SME: Add RRM support to association request
In case the AP we are associating with advertises support for RRM,
advertise our own RRM support in the (Re)Association Request frame. This
is done by adding an RRM Capabilities IE. The underlying driver is
expected to further add a Power Capabilities IE to the request, and set
the Radio Measurement flag in the Capability Info field. At this point
the RRM Capabilities IE advertises no measurement support.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:13:45 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
58162adf06 nl80211: Populate RRM flags in nl80211 driver
Set the RRM capability flags, based on the capabilities reported
by the underlying driver.

In addition, upon connection, notify the underlying driver regarding
RRM support.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:06:32 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
0dc957b93d driver: Add RRM-related definitions to driver interface
Add definitions for RRM (Radio Resource Measurement) support:
1. Flags that specify the RRM capabilities of the underlying driver
2. Flag for RRM in Capability Info field in Management frames
3. Indication in association parameters regarding an RRM connection

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:05:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
533630625d Add generic operating class and channel to frequency function
ieee80211_chan_to_freq() is a generic function that replaces and extends
the previous P2P-specific p2p_channel_to_freq(). The new function
supports both the global operating class table as well as the additional
US, EU, JP, and CN operating class tables.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 20:17:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5351480047 Add BSS-TM-RESP ctrl_iface event
This event allows external monitors to track STA response to BSS
Transition Management Request.

BSS-TM-RESP <STA addr> status_code=<#> bss_termination_delay=<#>
[target_bssid=<BSSID>]

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 16:34:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a30dff07fb Add BSS_TM_REQ command to send BSS Transition Management Request
hostapd control interface can now be used to request transmission of a
BSS Transition Management Request frame to a specified station.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-22 16:34:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
37df6a87dd Add names for assigned QCA nl80211 vendor subcmds
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-21 21:46:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f23c5b17e1 AP: Extend EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 retry workaround for changing SNonce
If the 4-way handshake ends up having to retransmit the EAPOL-Key
message 1/4 due to a timeout on waiting for the response, it is possible
for the Supplicant to change SNonce between the first and second
EAPOL-Key message 2/4. This is not really desirable due to extra
complexities it causes on the Authenticator side, but some deployed
stations are doing this.

This message sequence looks like this:
AP->STA: EAPOL-Key 1/4 (replay counter 1, ANonce)
AP->STA: EAPOL-Key 1/4 (replay counter 2, ANonce)
STA->AP: EAPOL-Key 2/4 (replay counter 1, SNonce 1)
AP->STA: EAPOL-Key 3/4 (replay counter 3, ANonce)
STA->AP: EAPOL-Key 2/4 (replay counter 2, SNonce 2)
followed by either:
STA->AP: EAPOL-Key 4/4 (replay counter 3 using PTK from SNonce 1)
or:
AP->STA: EAPOL-Key 3/4 (replay counter 4, ANonce)
STA->AP: EAPOL-Key 4/4 (replay counter 4, using PTK from SNonce 2)

Previously, Authenticator implementation was able to handle the cases
where SNonce 1 and SNonce 2 were identifical (i.e., Supplicant did not
update SNonce which is the wpa_supplicant behavior) and where PTK
derived using SNonce 2 was used in EAPOL-Key 4/4. However, the case of
using PTK from SNonce 1 was rejected ("WPA: received EAPOL-Key 4/4
Pairwise with unexpected replay counter" since EAPOL-Key 3/4 TX and
following second EAPOL-Key 2/4 invalidated the Replay Counter that was
used previously with the first SNonce).

This commit extends the AP/Authenticator workaround to keep both SNonce
values in memory if two EAPOL-Key 2/4 messages are received with
different SNonce values. The following EAPOL-Key 4/4 message is then
accepted whether the MIC has been calculated with the latest SNonce (the
previously existing behavior) or with the earlier SNonce (the new
extension). This makes 4-way handshake more robust with stations that
update SNonce for each transmitted EAPOL-Key 2/4 message in cases where
EAPOL-Key message 1/4 needs to be retransmitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-21 17:02:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db099951cb Print EAPOL-Key Replay Counter in Authenticator debug log
This makes it easier to debug issues relared to EAPOL-Key
retransmissions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-21 15:35:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
066371ad52 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 commands 53
These is reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-20 20:36:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e503861f4d nl80211: Do not try to change STA capability on NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION
cfg80211 will reject any of these attributes regardless of whether the
values actually change or not when NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is used for
something else than TDLS. This path is hit at least when setting up
mesh, so filter out the attributes from NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION to match
the rules in cfg80211.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-20 16:31:05 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
9d11832090 P2P: Do not change P2P state on GO Neg failure if it is P2P_SEARCH
Changing the P2P state to P2P_IDLE on GO Negotiation Failure would stop
the previously issued P2P_FIND operation without notifying the upper
layers. Leave the search operation running if in P2P_SEARCH state to
avoid unexpected behavior in case the upper layers issued a new P2P_FIND
while waiting for GO Negotiation to complete.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:59:03 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
47261405d7 AP: Add support for multicast-to-unicast conversion for DGAF Disable
When DGAF Disable is on, perform multicast-to-unicast for DHCP packets
and Router Advertisement packets. This is a requirement for Hotspot 2.0.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:47:06 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
bd00c4311c AP: Add Neighbor Discovery snooping mechanism for Proxy ARP
This commit establishes the infrastructure, and handles the Neighbor
Solicitation and Neighbor Advertisement frames. This will be extended
in the future to handle other frames.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:47:06 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
5c58944d08 AP: Add multicast-to-unicast conversion send for "x_snoop"
Multicast-to-unicast conversion send will be needed in various part of
Proxy ARP and DGAF Disable.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:25:13 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
ed4ddb6d77 AP: Extend the BSS bridge neighbor entry management to support IPv6
This allows adding/deleting an IPv6 neighbor entry to/from the bridge,
to which the BSS belongs. This commit adds the needed functionality in
driver_nl80211.c for the Linux bridge implementation. In theory, this
could be shared with multiple Linux driver interfaces, but for now, only
the main nl80211 interface is supported.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:23:38 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
7e4d893978 l2_packet: Add support for NDISC packet filter in l2_packet_linux
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:15:26 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
1d783762cf AP: Convert "dhcp_snoop" to use the generic "x_snoop"
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:14:15 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
c127355cb8 AP: Add a generic "x_snoop" infrastructure for Proxy ARP
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-19 16:14:02 +02:00
Ilan Peer
38cb0a2db6 AP: Drop retransmitted auth/assoc/action frames
It is possible that a station device might miss an ACK for an
authentication, association, or action frame, and thus retransmit the
same frame although the frame is already being processed in the stack.
While the duplicated frame should really be dropped in the kernel or
firmware code where duplicate detection is implemented for data frames,
it is possible that pre-association cases are not fully addressed (which
is the case at least with mac80211 today) and the frame may be delivered
to upper layer stack.

In such a case, the local AP will process the retransmitted frame although
it has already handled the request, which might cause the station to get
confused and as a result disconnect from the AP, blacklist it, etc.

To avoid such a case, save the sequence control of the last processed
management frame and in case of retransmissions drop them.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-11-19 15:20:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
453553698c EAP-pwd: Remove unnecessary OpenSSL EVP_sha256() registration
This gets registered in tls_openssl.c from tls_init(), so there is no
need for EAP-pwd implementation to register explicitly. This avoids some
corner cases where OpenSSL resources do not get fully freed on exit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-17 01:20:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
afbe57d981 DFS: Fix hostapd operation without hw_mode driver data
If DFS implementation was built in, some configurations with drivers
that do not provide mode information could end up dereferencing a NULL
pointer. Fix this by skipping DFS operations in such cases since not
having information about modes and channels means that hostapd could not
perform DFS anyway (i.e., either this is not a wireless driver or the
driver takes care of DFS internally).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-17 01:14:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e9b783d58c Fix hostapd operation without hw_mode driver data
Commit 7f0303d5b0 ('hostapd: Verify VHT
160/80+80 MHz driver support') added couple of hapd->iface->current_mode
dereferences of which the one in hostapd_set_freq() can be hit with some
configuration files when using driver wrappers that do not have hw_mode
data, i.e., when current_mode is NULL. This could result in segmentation
fault when trying to use driver=wired. Fix this by checking that
current_mode is not NULL before dereferencing it to get vht_capab.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-17 01:08:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01b24c52df wired: Fix deinit path to unregister eloop read_sock
The previous version was leaving behind registered eloop socket
instances.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-17 00:57:15 +02:00
Moshe Benji
71d263ea70 Add wpa_scnprintf() helper function
This provides a simpler version of snprintf that doesn't require further
error checks.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:40:42 +02:00
Moshe Benji
dfa8787833 nl80211: Implement add_ts/del_ts ops
Add ops to notify about TSPECs to add/remove. Additionally, subscribe to
ADDTS/DELTS Action frames to be able to process WMM AC Action frames.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:21:22 +02:00
Eliad Peller
1b640fd27c Add str_token() function
Add helper function to get the next token from a string.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-11-16 21:11:23 +02:00
Moshe Benji
d1f880013a WMM AC: Handle TSPEC action frames
Add the TSPEC to the driver on successful TSPEC ADDTS response. Delete
the TSPEC when receiving DELTS action.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:07:08 +02:00
Moshe Benji
471cd6e10c WMM AC: Add add_tx_ts and del_tx_ts driver ops
Add add_tx_ts() and del_tx_ts() ops to notify the driver about
TSPEC add / delete.

Additionally, add wmm_ac_supported flag to indicate
whether the driver supports WMM AC.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 20:47:36 +02:00
Moshe Benji
a0413b1734 WMM AC: Parse WMM IE on association
Initialize WMM AC data structures upon successful association
with an AP that publishes WMM support, and deinitialize the data
structure when the association is no longer valid.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-11-16 20:47:34 +02:00
Eliad Peller
7e0e10693a nl80211: Parse WMM parameters on association
Set the relevant WMM parameters in the assoc_data event.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-11-16 20:19:04 +02:00
Eliad Peller
0f14a44e6b drivers: Add WMM parameters to association event data
The WMM parameters will be used later for setting default tspec values.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-11-16 20:16:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d308d1a899 Sync with wireless-testing.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2014-11-11.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 20:08:00 +02:00
Masashi Honma
e609679984 mesh: Make plink params configurable
This patch makes four MIB variables for plink configurable and sets the
correct default values based on IEEE Std 802.11s-2011.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
790709060d mesh: Add scan result for mesh network
Android 4.4 uses "BSS" command instead of "SCAN_RESULT" command.
So this patch add the mesh scan result for BSS command.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Javier Lopez
603a3f34c4 Add mesh_group_{add,remove} control interface commands
Parse MESH_GROUP_ADD/REMOVE commands on ctrl interface and call
wpa_supplicant routines. These commands are used to start or
join and leave a mesh network.

The mesh id is given in the configuration file, therefore there is
no need to scan before joining a mesh network. We reuse the
connect_without_scan construct used by P2P for that same purpose.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Jason Mobarak
5cfb672dde mesh: Enable mesh HT mode
Add a new option "mesh_ht_mode" that specifies the HT mode for the
mesh, with this option on, mesh beacons, actions frames, and probe
responses with include the appropriate HT information elements.

[original implementation by Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>]
[some fixes by Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>]
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok.dragon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
c596f3f083 mesh: Add timer for SAE authentication in RSN mesh
Add timer to do SAE re-authentication with number of tries defined
by MESH_AUTH_RETRY and timeout defined by MESH_AUTH_TIMEOUT.

Ignoring the sending of reply message on "SAE confirm before commit"
to avoid "ping-pong" issues with other mesh nodes. This is obvious when
number of mesh nodes in MBSS reaching 6.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Bob Copeland
c50d94f1f8 mesh: Start mesh peering after successful authentication
[original patch by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>]
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Bob Copeland
e96da42b0e SAE: Enhance AP implementation to handle auth for mesh interfaces
Add state transition logic to the SAE frame handling in order to more
fully implement the state machine from the IEEE 802.11 standard. Special
cases are needed for infrastructure BSS case to avoid unexpected
Authentication frame sequence by postponing transmission of the second
Authentication frame untile the STA sends its Confirm.

[original patch by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>]
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Thomas Pedersen
0f950df029 mesh: Add mesh robust security network
This implementation provides:

- Mesh SAE authentication mechanism
- Key management (set/get PSK)
- Cryptographic key establishment
- Enhanced protection mechanisms for robust management frames

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-11-16 19:43:06 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
88cb27c7a5 hostapd: Add wowlan_triggers config param
New kernels in wiphy_suspend() will call cfg80211_leave_all() that will
eventually end up in cfg80211_stop_ap() unless wowlan_triggers were set.
For now, use the parameters from the station mode as-is. It may be
desirable to extend (or constraint) this in the future for specific AP
mode needs.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Ilan Peer
f03996565a nl80211: Fix Android compilation by adding include for fcntl.h
This is needed for fcntl() at least with Android KK.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
929a2ea5df Suite B: Select EAPOL-Key integrity and key-wrap algorithms based on AKM
This adds support for AKM 00-0F-AC:11 to specify the integrity and
key-wrap algorithms for EAPOL-Key frames using the new design where
descriptor version is set to 0 and algorithms are determined based on
AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
087a1f4efd Suite B: PMKID derivation for AKM 00-0F-AC:11
The new AKM uses a different mechanism of deriving the PMKID based on
KCK instead of PMK. hostapd was already doing this after the KCK had
been derived, but wpa_supplicant functionality needs to be moved from
processing of EAPOL-Key frame 1/4 to 3/4 to have the KCK available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
666497c8e6 Suite B: Add AKM 00-0F-AC:11
This adds definitions for the 128-bit level Suite B AKM 00-0F-AC:11. The
functionality itself is not yet complete, i.e., this commit only
includes parts to negotiate the new AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 13:20:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
35efa2479f OpenSSL: Allow TLS v1.1 and v1.2 to be negotiated by default
Use SSLv23_method() to enable TLS version negotiation for any version
equal to or newer than 1.0. If the old behavior is needed as a
workaround for some broken authentication servers, it can be configured
with phase1="tls_disable_tlsv1_1=1 tls_disable_tlsv1_2=1".

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-15 12:35:10 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
281ff42a01 EAP-IKEv2: Fix compilation warning
Fix signed/unsigned comparison compilation warning introduced in
08ef442 "EAP-IKEv2: Fix the payload parser".

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-11-15 11:41:09 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
d10792199e Add CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-FAILED notification in case of scan failure
This is needed since the SCAN command with radio work returns before the
actual driver operation to trigger a scan has been executed and as such,
cannot return result of that operation.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-11-15 11:03:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f6a7cddc4 Work around AP misbehavior on EAPOL-Key descriptor version
It looks like some APs are incorrectly selecting descriptor version 3
(AES-128-CMAC) for EAPOL-Key frames when version 2 (HMAC-SHA1) was
expected to be used. This is likely triggered by an attempt to negotiate
PMF with SHA1-based AKM.

Since AES-128-CMAC is considered stronger than HMAC-SHA1, allow the
incorrect, but stronger, option to be used in these cases to avoid
interoperability issues with deployed APs.

This issue shows up with "WPA: CCMP is used, but EAPOL-Key descriptor
version (3) is not 2" in debug log. With the new workaround, this issue
is ignored and "WPA: Interoperability workaround: allow incorrect
(should have been HMAC-SHA1), but stronger (is AES-128-CMAC), descriptor
version to be used" is written to the log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-14 21:01:13 +02:00
Yanbo Li
e3a8ad4405 hostapd: Change drv_flags from unsigned int to u64
Some flag already using a bit larger than 32, so extend the hostapd
drv_flags type similarly to the earlier wpa_supplicant change to get the
full flag content.

Signed-off-by: Yanbo Li <yanbol@qti.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-14 12:55:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41a233572e Assign QCA vendor specific nl80211 command id 52 for APFIND
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-13 16:27:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68ee1cdca0 Remove unused EVENT_MLME_RX
This was used in driver_test.c, but that driver wrapper has been removed
and there are no remaining or expected users for EVENT_MLME_RX.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-01 19:31:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f812c993b Remove unused EVENT_FT_RRB_RX
This was used in hostapd driver_test.c, but that driver wrapper has been
removed and there are no remaining or expected users for
EVENT_FT_RRB_RX.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-01 19:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f21495ad38 madwifi: Remove obsolete madwifi driver interface
The MadWifi project is not active anymore and the last release happened
in early 2008. As such, there is no remaining justification for
maintaining the madwifi-specific driver interface for hostapd either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-01 16:15:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b5ea99377f P2P: Document p2p_in_progress() return value 2
Function documentation was not in sync with the implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-31 00:50:01 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
b951a97454 P2P: Set p2p_scan_running based on driver scan request result
With the radio work interface, the actual request to start p2p_scan
operation is scheduled from a radio work and hence the initial return
value cannot provide the real result of the driver operation to trigger
a scan. Introduce a new notification API to indicate the scan trigger
status based on which the p2p_scan_running instance can be set using the
real return value from the driver operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-31 00:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43d8592718 MACsec: Fix policy configuration
macsec_validate variable was set incorrectly to FALSE(0) or TRUE(1)
instead of the enum validate_frames values (Disabled(0), Checked(1),
Strict(2). This ended up policy == SHOULD_SECURE to be mapped to
macsec_validate == Checked instead of Strict. This could have resulted
in unintended SecY forwarding of invalid packets rather than dropping
them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-30 11:43:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c00fd00cd P2P: Clean up p2p_go_neg_failed() calls
This function is always called with the peer argument equal to
p2p->go_neg_peer, so there is no need for that argument to be there. In
addition, p2p->go_neg_peer is not NULL in cases where there is an
ongoing GO Negotiation, so the function can be simplified to just check
once whether the peer pointer is set and if not, skip all processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-29 13:04:09 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
0c6eee8b75 P2P: Use timer to fail GO Negotation while waiting for peer
The timeout check while waiting for the peer to accept the GO
Negotiation depended on the WAIT_PEER_IDLE or WAIT_PEER_CONNECT states
being in use. Any P2P command to alter such states would have resulted
in the failure to time out GO Negotiation and thus ended up in not
indicating GO Negotiation failure or left the selected peer available
for new GO negotiation after the expected two minute timeout.

Fix this by using a separate timer to time out GO Negotiation
irrespective of the P2P state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-29 12:50:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
10bbe8b8ed nl80211: Fix a copy-paste error in key offload management
Commit b41f26845a ('Add support for
offloading key management operations to the driver') used incorrect
variable for determining the KCK length. This does not get triggered in
normal use cases since KCK and KEK are always included and of the same
length (in currently supported key management cases). Anyway, this needs
to be fixed to check the correct attribute. (CID 74491)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-28 01:41:57 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
7d597d4617 AP: Add support for Proxy ARP, DHCP snooping mechanism
Proxy ARP allows the AP devices to keep track of the hardware address to
IP address mapping of the STA devices within the BSS. When a request for
such information is made (i.e., ARP request, Neighbor Solicitation), the
AP will respond on behalf of the STA device within the BSS. Such
requests could originate from a device within the BSS or also from the
bridge. In the process of the AP replying to the request (i.e., ARP
reply, Neighbor Advertisement), the AP will drop the original request
frame. The relevant STA will not even know that such information was
ever requested.

This feature is a requirement for Hotspot 2.0, and is defined in IEEE
Std 802.11-2012, 10.23.13. While the Proxy ARP support code mainly
resides in the kernel bridge code, in order to optimize the performance
and simplify kernel implementation, the DHCP snooping code was added to
the hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
6897556455 common: Add definition for ETH_HLEN
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
7565752d47 AP: Add support for setting bridge network parameter
This allows setting a network parameter on the bridge that the BSS
belongs to.

This commit adds the needed functionality in driver_nl80211.c for the
Linux bridge implementation. In theory, this could be shared with
multiple Linux driver interfaces, but for now, only the main nl80211
interface is supported.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
73d2294fbe AP: Add support for setting bridge port attributes
This allows setting a bridge port attribute. Specifically, the bridge
port in this context is the port to which the BSS belongs.

This commit adds the needed functionality in driver_nl80211.c for the
Linux bridge implementation. In theory, this could be shared with
multiple Linux driver interfaces, but for now, only the main nl80211
interface is supported.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
71103bed42 AP: Add support for IPv4 neighbor entry management to the BSS bridge
This allows adding/deleting an IPv4 neighbor entry to/from the bridge,
to which the BSS belongs. This commit adds the needed functionality in
driver_nl80211.c for the Linux bridge implementation. In theory, this
could be shared with multiple Linux driver interfaces, but for now, only
the main nl80211 interface is supported.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
6c6678e7a4 nl80211: Make br_ifindex available in i802_bss
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Kyeyoon Park
7d20dd66f3 l2_packet: Add support for DHCP packet filter in l2_packet_linux
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 01:08:29 +02:00
Ahmad Masri
d77419d234 P2P: Support GCMP as part of 60 GHz support
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
159a17916f nl80211: Move more event processing into driver_nl80211_event.c
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:54:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a906d1251 nl80211: Move event handling into a separate file
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:54:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0fafeb5454 nl80211: Move capability determination into a separate file
This moves significant amount of code away from large driver_nl80211.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:54:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
906bc4c7d3 nl80211: Move QCA DFS offload capability determination to init time
There is no need to fetch this capability for each get_capa() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:54:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
981cf85a41 nl80211: Move AP monitor interface handling to a separate file
This moves the old monitor interface design to driver_nl80211_monitor.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:54:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3407c66c2 nl80211: Make some helper functions non-static
This allows more functionality to be moved to separate files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:54:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70a96c8116 nl80211: Move most of the Android code into a separate file
This moves most of the Android specific implementation from
driver_nl80211.c to driver_nl80211_android.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:54:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1474e6e917 nl80211: Move definitions into separate header files
This is an initial step in starting to split the large driver_nl80211.c
implementation into somewhat smaller parts.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:03:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f06bcb361 Write human readable version of channel width to CSA event debug log
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 11:36:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
392dfd37e8 nl80211: Store externally managed bridge name in driver status
This makes it easier to figure out from hostapd control interface
whether an interface had been added to a bridge externally at the time
hostapd interface was enabled or if the interface gets added during
hostapd operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 11:27:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab93fdebf1 hostapd: Add INTERFACE-ENABLED and INTERFACE-DISABLED events
These can be convenient for upper layer programs to determine if the
hostapd interface gets disabled/re-enabled, e.g., due to rfkill
block/unblock.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 10:52:54 +02:00
Ilan Peer
1170239efa P2P: Save group common frequencies in invitation result
Save the group common frequencies when starting a GO due to
an invitation signaling requesting to re-invoke a persistent GO.

To do so, move the code that handles the translation of p2p_channels to
frequency list into a public function so it can be re-used both when GO
Negotiation is done and invitation signaling is done.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:24:28 +03:00
Ilan Peer
f64d3f0e15 WPS: Add missing device types
Add missing device category and device sub category definitions.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:24:08 +03:00
Ilan Peer
9bc5cfa338 nl80211: Clear beacon_set when deleting a beacon from deinit_ap()
When a beacon was deleted from the kernel in
wpa_driver_nl80211_deinit_ap(), bss->beacon_set was not cleared so
restarting the AP again was not possible.

Fix this by clearing the variable once the beacon was deleted.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:24:03 +03:00
Ilan Peer
ea6bf29ea3 nl80211: Add indoor only and GO concurrent flags
Add the following channel flags:

* INDOOR_ONLY: The channel can be used if and only if there is a clear
  assessment that the device is operating in an indoor environment, i.e.,
  it is AC power.

* CONCURRENT_GO: The channel can be used for instantiating a GO if and
  only if there is an additional station interface that is currently
  connected to an AP on the same channel or on the same U-NII band
  (assuming that the AP is an authorized master).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:23:46 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0a44358055 wpa_supplicant: Use the 'no_ir' notation
Use the 'no_ir' notation instead of the 'passive scan' and
'no_ibss' notations to match the earlier change in nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:23:43 +03:00
Constantin Musca
a902d5a64b P2P: Stop driver listen in p2p_state_timeout()
When a P2P timeout occurs and p2p_state_timeout is executed, the
stop_listen function can be called besides setting in_listen to zero in
cases where the driver is still in ROC. That should not really happen in
normal cases, but it is possible for some drivers to extend the ROC
duration. If that happens, the next start_listen request may get
rejected with "P2P: Reject start_listen since p2p_listen_work already
exists".

Signed-off-by: Constantin Musca <constantin.musca@intel.com>
2014-10-25 21:37:18 +03:00
Javier Lopez
01e2231fdc hostapd: Skip some configuration steps for mesh cases
Modify hostapd.c logic to add checks for valid mconf data structure:

- For hostapd_setup_bss we don't need to flush old stations in case
  we're rejoining a mesh network.

- In hostapd_setup_interface_complete, we don't need to setup the
  interface until we join the mesh (same reasoning for
  hostapd_tx_queue_params).

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
2014-10-25 17:45:36 +03:00
Bob Copeland
f3e9899e02 mesh: Accept Action frames without BSSID match
[original patch by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>]
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
476e6bb68d mesh: Add mesh mode config option
Modify network mode to support mode number 5 when CONFIG_MESH is
enabled.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Bob Copeland
5f92659d88 mesh: Add mesh peering manager
The mesh peering manager establishes and maintains links among
mesh peers, tracking each peer link via a finite state machine.

This implementation supports open mesh peerings.

[assorted fixes from Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>]
[more fixes from Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>]
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok.dragon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-hostap: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:31 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
8319e3120d mesh: Add mesh mode routines
Add routines to (de)initialize mesh interface data structures and
join and leave mesh networks.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:43:20 +03:00
Bob Copeland
5551bc9cb2 nl80211: Do not try to change supported rates
For mesh mode to work properly, set supported rates only once.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 15:54:57 +03:00
Bob Copeland
7a228b5c3f nl80211: Add STA flag WPA_STA_AUTHENTICATED
This is needed for managing STA entries for mesh use cases.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 15:54:47 +03:00